Acts 26 — Open Scroll

← Previous: Acts 25 Next: Acts 27 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

Acts 26

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 6 matching words in 6 verses 8 matching words in 7 verses 7 matching words in 6 verses 76 matching words in 31 verses 6 matching words in 5 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 7 matching words in 7 verses 11 matching words in 9 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 7 matching words in 7 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 5 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 15 matching words in 10 verses 29 matching words in 18 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 13 matching words in 10 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 10 matching words in 9 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 6 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Maps and charts for this chapter

Caesarea in the Time of Paul

← Back to 2 Samuel 14:12

← Back to Psalms 119:46

← Back to Philippians 1:17

Acts 26:1

1And Agrippa said unto Paul Thou art permitted to speak for thyself Then Paul stretched forth his hand and made his defence

Related verses (8)

Agrippa

And

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

said

art permitted

Thou

for

thyself

to speak

Then

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

stretched forth

his

hand

and made his defence

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Ἀγρίππαςah-GREE-pahs

δὲdeh

πρὸςprohs

τὸνtohn

ΠαῦλονPOW-lohn

ἔφηEH-fay

Ἐπιτρέπεταίeh-pee-TREH-peh-tai

σοιsoy

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

σεαυτοῦseh-ow-TOO

λέγεινLEH-gayn

τότεTOH-teh

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

ἐκτείναςeh-KTAY-nahs

τὴνtayn

χεῖραCHAY-rah

ἀπελογεῖτοah-peh-loh-GAY-toh

The Pieces

Ἀγρίππαςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

Παῦλονname of a person

ἔφηGreek verb

ἘπιτρέπεταίGreek verb

σοιGreek pronoun

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

σεαυτοῦGreek reflexive pronoun

λέγεινGreek verb

τότεGreek adverb

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

ἐκτείναςGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

χεῖραGreek noun, feminine

ἀπελογεῖτοGreek verb

What It Can Mean

AgrippaAgrippa, i.e. Herod Agrippa II.Ἀγρίππας, -α (Bl., §7, 2), ὁ, Agrippa (II): Ac 25:13, 22, 23, 24, 26 26:1, 2, 19, 27, 28, 32. (For Agrippa I, v.s. Ἡρῴδης, 3.) †Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

PaulPaul, Paulus.Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus ), Sergius Paulus: Ac 13:7. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος ): Ac 13:9, and freq. throughout Ac., Ro 1:1, I Co 1:1, al., II Pe 3:15.Scroll for more

to assertI say, declare.φημί [in LXX chiefly for נאם, also for אמר; freq. in II-IV Mac;] to declare, say: freq. in quoting the words of another, Mt 13:29 26:61, Lk 7:40 22:58, Jo 1:23, al.; interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mt 14:8, Ac 23:35, al.; φησί, impersonal (Bl., § 30, 4), I Co 6:16 (Lft., Notes, 217; but cf. Bl., l.c.), II Co 10:10 (WH, mg., φασίν ), He 8:5; joined with synon. verb (cf. LS, s.v., II, 2), ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη, Lk 23:3; seq. πρός, Lk 22:70, al.; c. acc rei, I Co 10:15 10:19; acc. et inf., Ro 3:8; seq. ὅτι (Bl., § 70, 3), I Co 10:19 15:50 (cf. σύν-φημι )Scroll for more

to permitI turn to, commit, entrust; I allow, yield, permit.ἐπι-τρέπω [in LXX (usually with v.l. ἐπιστρ- ): Ge 39:6 ( עָזַב ), etc.;] to turn to, commit, entrust. to yield, permit: I Co 16:7, He 6:3; c. dat. pers., Mk 5:13, Jo 19:38; id. c. inf. (cf. M, Pr., 205), Mt 8:21 19:8, Lk 8:32 9:52, 61 Ac 21:39, 40 27:3, I Ti 2:12; c. inf., Mk 10:4. Pass., c. dat. et inf., Ac 26:1 28:16, I Co 14:34.†Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

above/forGen: in behalf of; acc: above.ὑπέρ (when following subst.—poët.— ὕπερ; so as adv., II Co 11:23 ), prep. c. gen., acc. C. gen., primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across, beyond, hence, metaph., for, on behalf of: of prayer, Mt 5:44, Ac 8:24, Ro 10:1, Ja 5:16, al.; of laying down life, Jo 10:11, Ro 9:3, al.; esp. of Christ giving his life for man's redemption, Mk 14:24, Jo 10:15, Ac 21:13, Ro 5:6-8, al.; opp. to κατά, Mk 9:40, Lk 9:50, Ro 8:31. Causal, for, because of, for the sake of: c. gen. pers., Ac 5:41, Ro 1:5, Phl 1:29, II Co 12:10, al.; c. gen. rei, Jo 11:4, Ro 15:8, II Co 1:6, al. = ἀντί (v. M, Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: I Co 15:29, II Co 5:15, 21 Ga 3:13, Col 1:7, Phm 13 (cf. Field, Notes, 225). In more colourless sense, = περί (M, Pr., l.c.), for, concerning, with regard to: Ro 9:27, II Co 1:6 8:23 12:8, Phl 1:7, II Th 2:1, al. C. acc., primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaph., of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than: Mt 10:24, 37 Lk 6:40, Ac 26:13, I Co 10:13, II Co 1:8, Eph 1:22 3:20, Phm 16, al.; after comparatives = than ( Jg 11:25, al.), Lk 16:8, He 4:12. As adv. (v. supr. ad init.), more: ὕπερ ἐγώ, I more, II Co 11:23; in compounds, v.s. ὑπεράνω, ὑπερλίαν, ὑπερπερισσῶς. In composition: over ( ὑπεραίρω ), beyond ( ὑπερβάλλω ), more ( ὐπερνικάω ), on behalf of ( ὐπερεντυγχάνω ).Scroll for more

yourselfOf yourself.σεαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ (in NT not contracted, σαυτοῦ, as in Att..), reflex. prop. of 2nd pers. sing., used only in gen., dat. and acc. ( of, to ) thyself: Mt 4:6, Jo 8:13, I Ti 4:16, al. (In Hellenistic, the pl. is ἑαυτῶν (q.v.), not ὑμῶν αὐτῶν as in Attic, v. Bl., § 13, 1.) †Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

thenThen, at that time.τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε, then, at that time; of concurrent events: Mt 2:17 3:5 and freq., Ro 6:21; seq. ptcp., Mt 2:16, Ga 4:8; opp. to νῦν, Ga 4:29, He 12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, II Pe 3:6; of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Lk 11:26; τ. οὖν, Jo 11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Ac 17:14; ὅτε... τ., Mt 13:26 21:1, Jo 12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mt 4:17 16:21 26:16, Lk 16:16; of things future: Mt 24:23, 40 25:1, 31 ff.; opp. to ἄρτι, I Co 13:12; καὶ τ., Mt 7:23, Mk 13:21, Lk 21:27, I Co 4:5, al.; ὅταν... τ., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35, I Th 5:3, al. (more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).Scroll for more

to stretch outI stretch out (forth), cast forth (as of an anchor), lay hands on.ἐκ-τείνω [in LXX for שָׁלַח, נָטָה, etc.;] to stretch out or forth: τ. χεῖρα (as often in LXX), Mt 8:3 12:13 14:31 26:51, Mk 1:41 3:5, Lk 5:13 6:10 Jo 21:18, Ac 26:1; seq. ἐπί, c. acc pers., towards, Mt 12:49; against, Lk 22:53; εἰς ἴασιν, Ac 4:30; of anchors, to cast, Ac 27:30.†Scroll for more

handA hand.χείρ, gen., χειρος (acc., χεῖραν, I Pe 5:6 T), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָד;] the hand: Mt 3:12, Mk 3:1, Lk 6:6, al. mult.; ἡ χ., acting subject, Lk 22:21; pl., Ac 17:25 20:34, I Jo 1:1; τ. ἔργα τῶν χ., Ac 7:41, Re 9:20; ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τ. ἐμῇ χ., I Co 16:21, Col 4:18, II Th 3:17; prepositional phrases, esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., §32, 4; 40, 9; 46, 9), ἐν χ.; c gen. (Lft., in l.), Ga 3:19; σὺν χ. ἀγγέλου, Ac 7:35; διὰ (τῶν) χειρῶν (διὰ χειρός), Mk 6:2, Ac 5:12 7:25, al.; ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Mt 4:6, Lk 4:11; ellipse of χ. ( ἡ δεξία, ἀριστερα; Bl., § 44, 1), Mt 6:3, al. By meton., for the power or activity of an individual, Mt 17:22, Mk 9:31, Lk 9:44, Jo 10:39, Ac 12:11, al.; metaph., of the activity or power of God: Lk 1:66 23:46, Jo 10:29, Ac 11:21 13:11, al.Scroll for more

to defend oneselfI give a defense, defend myself (especially in a law court): it can take an object of what is said in defense.ἀπολογέομαι, -οῦμαι (< ἀπό, λόγος ), [in LXX: Je 12:1 ( ויב perhaps a misspelling of ריב #7378 ) 38 (31):6, II Mac 13:26 *;] to defend: c. acc., Ro 2:15. to defend one's self: absol., Lk 21:14, Ac 26:1; seq. ὅτι, Ac 25:8; τί, to adduce something in one's defence, Lk 12:11, Ac 26:24 ( ταῦτα ) 24:10 ( τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ); περί, c. gen. rei, and ἐπί, c. gen. pers., Ac 26:2; c. dat. pers., Ac 19:33, II Co 12:19.†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 10:19

Acts 26:2

2I think myself happy king Agrippa that I am to make my defence before thee this day touching all the things whereof I am accused by the Jews

touching

all

the things whereof

I am accused

the Jews

king

Agrippa

I think

myself

happy

before

thee

that I am

this day

to make my defence

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Περὶpeh-REE

πάντωνPAHN-tohn

ὧνhohn

ἐγκαλοῦμαιen-kah-LOO-mai

ὑπὸhoo-POH

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

βασιλεῦbah-see-LYOO

Ἀγρίππαah-GREE-pah

ἥγημαιHAY-gay-mai

ἐμαυτὸνeh-mow-TOHN

μακάριονmah-KAH-ree-ohn

ἐπὶeh-PEE

σοῦsoo

μέλλωνMEH-lohn

σήμερονSAY-meh-rohn

ἀπολογεῖσθαιah-poh-loh-GAY-sthai

The Pieces

ΠερὶGreek preposition

πάντωνGreek adjective

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

ἐγκαλοῦμαιGreek verb

ὑπὸGreek preposition

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

βασιλεῦGreek noun, masculine

Ἀγρίππαname of a person

ἥγημαιGreek verb

ἐμαυτὸνGreek reflexive pronoun

μακάριονGreek adjective

ἐπὶGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

μέλλωνGreek verb

σήμερονGreek adverb

ἀπολογεῖσθαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to accuseI bring a charge against, accuse.ἐγκαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for אמר, etc.; c. dat., Za 1:4 ( קָרָא אֶל ), Wi 12:12, Si 46:19;] to call in, demand. to bring a charge against, accuse: c. dat. pers. (as in cl.), Ac 19:38 23:28; seq. κατά, c. gen. pers., Ro 8:33. Pass., to be accused: c. gen. rei; στάσεως, Ac 19:40; ὦν (perh. by attraction = ἅ ), Ac 26:2; seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 23:29 26:7 (Cremer, 743).† SYN.: αἰτιάομαι (q.v.), διαβάλλω, ἐπικαλέω, κατηγορέω.Scroll for more

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

JewJewish.Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (< Ἰούδας ), Jewish: ἀνήρ, Ac 10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Ac 21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jo 3:22; χώρα, Mk 1:5. Substantively, Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jo 4:9, Ac 18:24, Ro 2:28; pl., Re 2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mt 2:2, Mk 7:3, Jo 2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Ac 14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Ac 2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Ac 14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη Ἰ., Ac 21:21; of Jewish Christians, Ga 2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jo 1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.; Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jo 3:22, Mk 1:5 ), (Heb. יְהוּדָה ), Judæa: Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Jo 4:3, al.Scroll for more

kingA king, ruler, but in some passages clearly to be translated: emperor.βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מֶלֶךְ;] a king: Mt 1:6 2:1; used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch, Mt 14:9; of the Roman Emperor, as freq. in κοινή (Deiss., LAE, p. 367), I Pe 2:13, 17; of the Christ, in the phrase ὁ β. τ. Ἰουδαίων, Mt 2:2, al.; τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Mk 15:32, Jo 1:50 12:13; of God, Mt 5:35, I Ti 1:17, Re 15:3; β. βασιλέων, Re 17:14 19:16; β. τ. βασιλευόντων, I Ti 6:15 (on the associations of the word to Jewish Hellenists, v. Cl. Rev., i, 7).†Scroll for more

to govern(a) I lead, (b) I think, am of opinion, suppose, consider.ἡγέομαι, -οῦμαι depon. mid., [in LXX (chiefly pres. ptcp.) for נָגִיד, רֹאשׁ, שַׂר, etc.;] to lead; to guide, go before; to rule, be leader: pres. ptcp., ἡγούενος, a ruler, leader (MM, Exp., xiv), Mt 2:6 (LXX), Lk 22:26, Ac 7:10 14:12 15:22, He 13:7, 17, 13:24. to suppose, believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al.; cf. Lat. duco ): c. dupl. acc., Ac 26:2, Phl 2:3, 6 3:7, I Ti 1:12 6:1, He 10:29 11:11, 26, II Pe 1:13 2:13 3:9, 15; c. acc. seq. ὡς, c. acc., II Th 3:15; c. acc. seq. adv., I Th 5:13; ὅταν, Ja 1:2; ἀναγκαῖον, c. inf., II Co 9:5, Phl 2:25; δίκαιον, c. inf., II Pe 1:13; c. acc. et inf., Phl 3:8 (cf. δι-, ἐκ-δι-, ἐξ- προ-ηγέομαι ).† SYN.: v.s. δοκέω.Scroll for more

myselfOf myself.ἐμαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, reflex pron. of first pers., used only in gen., dat. and acc sing., of myself: Lk 7:7, al.; ἀπ’ ἐ., Jo 5:30 7:17, 28 8:28, 42 10:18 14:10; ὑπ’ ἐμαυτόν, Mt 8:9, Lk 7:8Scroll for more

blessedHappy, blessed, to be envied.μακάριος, -α, -ον (collat. form of poët. μάκαρ, in Hom., Hes., chiefly of the gods and the departed), [in LXX for אַשְׁרֵי;] blessed, happy ( DCG, i, 177, 213): θεός ( δυνάστης ), I Ti 1:11 6:15; ἐλπίς, Tit 2:13; esp. in congratulations, usually with the omission of the copula (M, Pr., 180; B1., § 30, 3), μ. ὁ, Mt 5:3 ff., Lk 6:20 ff., Jo 20:29, Re 1:3, al.; seq. ptcp., Lk 1:45, al.; ὅς, Mt 11:6, Lk 7:23, Ro 4:7, 8; ὅτι, Mt 13:16, al.; ἐάν, Jo 13:17, I Co 7:40; compar., μ.... μᾶλλον, Ac 20:35; -ώτερος, I Co 7:40. SYN.: εὐλογητός, q.v.Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

todayToday, now.σήμερον (Att.. τήμερον ), adv., [in LXX for הַיּוֺם;] to-day: Mt 6:11, Lk 4:21, Ac 4:9, al.; opp. to αὔριον, Mt 6:30, Lk 12:28, Ja 4:13; χθὲς καὶ σ. καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, He 13:8; ἡ σ. ἡμέρα, Ac 20:26; ἕως ( ἄχρι ) τῆς σ. ἡμέρας, Ro 11:8, II Co 3:14; μέχρι ( ἕως ) τῆς σ. (sc. ἡμέρας ), Mt 11:23 27:8; as subst., τὸ σ., He 3:13; id. in appos., ὁρίζει ἡμέραν, σ., He 4:7 R, mg., (v. Westc., in l.).Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 32:11

← Back to Acts 16:21

← Back to Acts 18:15

← Back to Acts 24:22

Acts 26:3

3especially because thou art expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews wherefore I beseech thee to hear me patiently

Related verses (9)

especially

expert

because … art

thou

in all

which

are among

the Jews

customs

The ASV does not translate this word.

and

questions

wherefore

I beseech thee

patiently

to hear

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

μάλισταMAH-lee-stah

γνώστηνGNOH-stayn

ὄνταOHN-tah

σεseh

πάντωνPAHN-tohn

τῶνtohn

κατὰkah-TAH

Ἰουδαίουςee-oo-DAI-oos

ἐθῶνeh-THOHN

τεteh

καὶkai

ζητημάτωνzay-tay-MAH-tohn

διὸdee-OH

δέομαιDEH-oh-mai

μακροθύμωςmah-kroh-THOO-mohs

ἀκοῦσαίah-KOO-sai

μουmoo

The Pieces

μάλισταGreek adverb

γνώστηνGreek noun, masculine

ὄνταGreek verb

σεGreek pronoun

πάντωνGreek adjective

τῶνGreek article

κατὰGreek preposition

Ἰουδαίουςname of a people descended from a person

ἐθῶνGreek noun, neuter

τεGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

ζητημάτωνGreek noun, neuter

διὸGreek conjunction

δέομαιGreek verb

μακροθύμωςGreek adverb

ἀκοῦσαίGreek verb

μουGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

especiallyMost of all, especially.μάλιστα, v.s. μάλα.Scroll for more

expert inOne who knows, an expert.γνώστης, -ου, ὁ (< γιγνώσκω ), [in LXX chiefly for יִדְּעֹנִי;] one who knows, an expert: Ac 26:3.†Scroll for more

beingεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

customA custom, habit; an institute, rite.** ἔθος, -εος (-ους), τό (< ἔθω ), [in LXX: Wi 14:16, Da TH Bel 15, I Mac 10:89, II Mac 11:25 13:4, IV Mac 18:5 א R*;] habit, custom; Lk 22:39, Jo 19:40, Ac 16:21 25:16, He 10:25; in Lk 1:9 2:42, Ac 6:14 15:1 21:21 26:3 28:17, almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).†Scroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

a question/disputeA question, subject of inquiry, dispute.ζήτημα, -τος, τό (< ζητέω ), [in LXX: ζ. τίθεσθαι ( דּרשׁ ni.), Ez 36:37 A*;] an inquiry, question: Ac 15:2 18:15 23:29 25:19 26:3.†Scroll for more

thereforeWherefore, on which account, therefore.διό conjunct. for δι᾽ ὅ, wherefore, on which account: Mt 27:8, Lk 7:7, Ac 15:19, Ro 1:24, al.; δ. καί, Lk 1:35, Ac 10:29 24:26, Ro 4:22 15:22, II Co 1:20 4:13 5:9, Phl 2:9, He 11:12 13:12 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4:31 ).Scroll for more

to prayI want for myself; I want, need; I beg, request, beseech, pray.δέομαι (mid. of δέω, II, q.v., as depon.) [in LXX for חנן, etc.;] to want for oneself; to want, need: absol.; c. gen. to beg, request, beseech, pray; in general: absol., Ac 26:3, WH; c. gen. pers., Lk 5:12 8:28, 38 ( ἐδεῖτο; T, ἐδέετο, cf. Veitch, s.v. δέω ) 9:38, Ac 8:34 21:39, II Co 5:20, Ga 4:12; seq. ἵνα, Lk 9:40; seq. τό, c. inf., II Co 10:2; c. gen. pers. et rei, II Co 8:4; of prayer to God: absol., Ac 4:31; seq. εἴ πως, Ro 1:10; ἵνα, Lk 21:36 22:32; εἰς τό, I Th 3:10; ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τ. κύριον, ὅπως, Ac 8:24; c. gen., τοῦ κυρίου, ὅπως, Mt 9:38, Lk 10:2; τοῦ Θεοῦ, Ac 10:2; seq. εἰ ἄρα, Ac 8:22.† SYN.: αἰτέω, and cf. δέησις.Scroll for more

patientlyWith longsuffering, patiently.*† μακροθύμως, adv., with forbearance, patiently: Ac 26:3.†Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

← Back to Mark 5:19

← Back to Romans 11:1

← Back to Galatians 1:13

← Back to Philippians 3:5

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:3

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:10

Acts 26:4

4My manner of life then from my youth up which was from the beginning among mine own nation and at Jerusalem know all the Jews

Related verses (2)

2 Timothy 3:10 | Acts 22:3

The ASV does not translate this word.

then

manner of life

The ASV does not translate this word.

from

my youth up

The ASV does not translate this word.

from

the beginning

which was

among

The ASV does not translate this word.

nation

mine own

and

Jerusalem

know

all

the Jews

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Τὴνtayn

μὲνmen

οὖνoon

βίωσίνBEE-oh-seen

μουmoo

τὴνtayn

ἐκek

νεότητοςneh-OH-tay-tohs

τὴνtayn

ἀπahp

ἀρχῆςahr-CHAYS

γενομένηνgeh-noh-MEH-nayn

ἐνen

τῷtoh

ἔθνειEH-thnay

μουmoo

ἔνen

τεteh

Ἱεροσολύμοιςhee-eh-roh-soh-LOO-moys

ἴσασιEE-sah-see

πάντεςPAHN-tes

Ἰουδαῖοιee-oo-DAI-oy

The Pieces

ΤὴνGreek article

μὲνGreek particle

οὖνGreek conjunction

βίωσίνGreek noun, feminine

μουGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

ἐκGreek preposition

νεότητοςGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

ἀπGreek preposition

ἀρχῆςGreek noun, feminine

γενομένηνGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ἔθνειGreek noun, neuter

μουGreek pronoun

ἔνGreek preposition

τεGreek conjunction

Ἱεροσολύμοιςname of a place

ἴσασιGreek verb

πάντεςGreek adjective

Ἰουδαῖοιname of a people descended from a person

What It Can Mean

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

therefore/thenTherefore, then.οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 3:10, Lk 3:9, Jo 8:38, Ac 1:21, Ro 5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mt 3:8, Lk 11:35, Ac 3:19, Ro 6:12, al.; in questions, Mt 13:28, Mk 15:12, Jo 8:[5], Ro 6:1, al.; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt 1:17, Lk 3:18, Jo 1:22 2:18 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 26:22, al.; ἄρα οὖν (v.s. ἄρα ); ἐπεὶ οὖν, He 2:14; οὖν c. ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν ), Ac 2:30, Ro 5:1, al.; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 5:23, Lk 4:7, Jo 6:62, Ro 2:26, al.; ὡς οὖν, Jo 4:1, al.Scroll for more

lifestyleManner of life.**† βίωσις, -εως, ἡ (< βιόω ), [in LXX: Si prol. 12 *;] manner of life: Ac 26:4.†Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

youthYouth, youthfulness.νεότης, -ητος, ἡ (< νέος ), [in LXX chiefly for נְעוּרִים;] youth: Mk 10:20, Lk 18:21, Ac 26:4, I Ti 4:12.†Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

beginning(a) rule (kingly or magisterial), (b) plur: in a quasi-personal sense, almost: rulers, magistrates, (c) beginning.ἀρχή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for קֶדֶם, רֹאשׁ, רֵאשִׁית, etc.;] beginning, origin; absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the Eternal, the First Cause, Re 21:6 (cf. 1:8 ); similarly, of Christ, Re 22:13; of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Re 3:14; in his relation to the Church, Col 1:18; ἐν ἀ., Jo 1:1, 2; ἀπ᾽ ἀ. (and ἀπ᾽ ἀ. κτισεως ), Mt 19:4, 8 24:21, Mk 10:6 13:19, Jo 8:44, II Th 2:13, II Pe 3:4, I Jn 1:1 2:13, 14 3:8; κατ’ ἀρχάς, He 1:10; relatively: He 7:3; ἀ. ὠδίνων, Mt 24:8, Mk 13:9; τ. σημείων, Jo 2:11; τ. ὑποστάσεως, He 3:14; τ. λογίων, He 5:12; ὁ τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγος, the account of the beginning, the elementary view of Christ, He 6:1; ἀρχὴν λαμβάνειν, to begin, He 2:3; ἐξ ἀ., Jo 6:64 16:4; ἀπ’ ἀ., Lk 1:2, Jo 15:27, I Jn 2:7, 24 3:11, II Jn 5, 6; ἐν ἀ., Ac 11:15 26:4, Phl 4:15; τὴν ἀρχήν, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al.; v MM, s.v.): Jo 8:25. an extremity, a corner: Ac 10:11 11:5. sovereignty, principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.): Lk 12:11 20:20, Ro 8:38, I Co 15:24, Eph 1:21 3:10 6:12, Col 1:16 2:10, 15, Tit 3:1, Ju 6 (Cremer, 113).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

GentilesA race, people, nation; the nations, heathen world, Gentiles.ἔθνος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for עַם,גּוֹי;] a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). a nation, people: Mt 21:43 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 22:25, Ac 10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7:5 23:2, Jo 11:48, 50-53 18:35, Ac 10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם ), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mt 4:15 6:32, Ac 26:17, Ro 3:29 11:11 15:10, Ga 2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Ro 11:13 15:27 16:4, Ga 2:12, 14, Eph 3:1. SYN.: λαός (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).Scroll for more

JerusalemThe Greek form of the Hebrew name: Jerusalem.Ἱεροσόλυμα (WH, Ἰερ-, v. Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mt 2:3, v. WM, 79 4; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ- ), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלַיִם, יְרוּשָׁלֵם ), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo ev. and Mt (exc. Mt 27:37 ), and most freq. in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (exc. Ga 1:17, 18 2:1 ), Jerusalem: Mt 2:1, Mk 3:8, Jo 1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mt 2:3 3:5 23:37, Lk 13:34. Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Ga 4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Ga 4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, He 12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Re 3:12 21:2, 10.Scroll for more

to know

← Back to Matthew 3:7

← Back to 1 Corinthians 11:19

← Back to Galatians 1:14

← Back to Philippians 3:6

Acts 26:5

5having knowledge of me from the first if they be willing to testify that after the straitest sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee

Related verses (4)

Acts 22:5 | Acts 23:6 | Philippians 3:5-6 | Acts 24:5, 14

having knowledge of

from the first

they be willing

to testify

that

after

the

straitest

sect

The ASV does not translate this word.

our

of … religion

I lived

a Pharisee

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

προγινώσκοντέςproh-gee-NOH-skohn-tes

μεmeh

ἄνωθενAH-noh-then

ἐὰνeh-AHN

θέλωσιTHEH-loh-see

μαρτυρεῖνmahr-too-RAYN

ὅτιHOH-tee

κατὰkah-TAH

τὴνtayn

ἀκριβεστάτηνah-kree-beh-STAH-tayn

αἵρεσινHAI-reh-seen

τῆςtays

ἡμετέραςhay-meh-TEH-rahs

θρησκείαςthray-SKAY-ahs

ἔζησαEH-zay-sah

Φαρισαῖοςfah-ree-SAI-ohs

The Pieces

προγινώσκοντέςGreek verb

μεGreek pronoun

ἄνωθενGreek adverb

ἐὰνGreek conditional

θέλωσιGreek verb

μαρτυρεῖνGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

κατὰGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

ἀκριβεστάτηνGreek adjective

αἵρεσινGreek noun, feminine

τῆςGreek article

ἡμετέραςGreek possessive pronoun

θρησκείαςGreek noun, feminine

ἔζησαGreek verb

Φαρισαῖοςname of a title or other name

What It Can Mean

to know/chooseI know beforehand, foreknow.** προ-γινώσκω, [in LXX: Wi 6:13 8:8 18:6 *;] to know beforehand, foreknow: II Pe 3:17; c. acc. pers., Ac 26:5; of the Divine foreknowledge, Ro 8:29 11:2, I Pe 1:20.†Scroll for more

meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

from above/again(a) from above, from heaven, (b) from the beginning, from their origin (source), from of old, (c) again, anew.ἄνωθεν adv, (< ἄνω ), from above: ἀπὸ ἄ., Mt 27:51, Mk 15:38; ἐκ τῶν ἄ., Jo 19:28; meaning, from heaven: Jo 3:31 19:11, Ja 1:17 3:15, 17. from the first, from the beginning: Lk 1:3, Ac 26:5; whence anew, again: Jo 3:3, 7, (so most, but v. Meyer, in l.; cf. Field, Notes, 86 f.); πάλιν ἄ., Ga 4:9 (MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

ifIf.ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ c. ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jo 13:17, I Co 7:36 ), if haply, if; c. subjc. (cl.); pres.: Mt 6:22, Lk 10:6, Jo 7:17, Ro 2:25, 26 al.; aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Lk 9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3:24, Lk 14:34, Jo 5:43, Ro 7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, c. opt., Jo 9:22 11:57, Ac 9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jo 12:32 14:3, I Jo 2:28 3:2, He 3:7 (LXX). C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4); fut.: Mt 18:19 T, Lk 19:40, Ac 7:7; pres.: I Th 3:8 (v. Milligan, in l.). With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Ga 6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subjc. pres., Mt 10:13, I Co 8:8, Ja 2:17, I Jo 3:21; aor., Mt 6:15, Mk 3:27, Jo 3:3, Ro 10:15, Ga 1:8 2:16 (v. Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε... ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם... אִם, Es 19:13, al.,] Ro 14:8. = cl. ἄν (q.v.) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mt 5:19, Mk 6:22, 23 Lk 17:32, I Co 6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mt 8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Re 11:6; οὗ ἐ., I Co 16:6; καθὸ ἐ., II Co 8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Ga 5:10.Scroll for more

to will/desireI will, wish, desire, am willing, intend, design.θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom., and is the more freq. in Attic; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 415 f.), [in LXX for חפץ,אבה; c. neg., מאן pi., etc.;] to will, be willing, wish, desire (more freq. than βούλομαι, q.v., in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; for various views as to its relation to β., v. Thayer, 286; but v. also Bl., §24, s.v.): absol., Ro 9:16, I Co 4:19 12:18, Ja 4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Ac 18:21; c. acc. rei, Mt 20:21, Mk 14:36, Jo 15:7, Ro 7:15, 16, I Co 4:21 7:36, Ga 5:17; c. inf., Mt 5:40, Mk 10:43, Jo 6:21, 67, Ro 7:21, Ga 4:9; c. acc. et inf., Mk 7:24, Lk 1:62, Jo 21:22, 23, Ro 16:19, I Co 14:5, Ga 6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mt 18:30, al.; id. c. inf., Mt 2:18, Mk 6:26, Jo 5:40, I Co 16:7; seq. ἵνα, Mt 7:12, Mk 6:25, Jo 17:24; opp. to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Ro 7:15, 19, II Co 8:10, 11, Phl 2:13; seq. ἤ ( ICG, in l.; Deiss., LAE, 179 24 ), I Co 14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ ( of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, c. acc. pers., Mt 27:43; c. acc. rei, Mt 9:13 12:7, He 10:5, 8; c. inf., I Pe 3:10; for אמר, c. inf., Ac 7:28 (v. Cremer, 726 ff.).Scroll for more

to testifyI witness, bear witness, give evidence, testify, give a good report.μαρτυρέω, -ῶ (< μάρτυς ), [in LXX chiefly for עֵד ( Ge 31:47, 48, al.), also for עוּד hi. ( Ge 43:3, La 2:13 ), ענה ( Nu 35:30 );] prop., to be a witness, bear witness, testify: absol. (Pind., al.), Jo 15:27, Ac 26:5; parenthetical (Bl., § 79, 7; MM, xvi), II Co 8:3; c. dat. pers. (comm. et incomm.; Bl., § 37, 2), Ac 22:5, He 10:15; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 23:31, Ro 10:2, al.; acc. et inf., Ac 10:43; c. acc. rei (cl.), Jo 3:11, Re 22:16, 20; c. acc. cogn., seq. περί, Jo 5:32, I Jn 5:10; c. dat. rei, Jo 5:33, Ac 14:3, al.; seq. περί, c. gen. (pers. et rei), Jo 1:7, 8, 15 2:25 18:23 21:24, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:36 7:7; ὅτι, Jo 1:34 4:44 al.; ὅτι recit., Jo 4:39; κατά seq. ὅτι, I Co 15:15; pass., He 7:8; ptcp., Ro 3:21; impers., He 7:17; in late Gk., to witness favourably, give a good report, approve (Bl., § 54, 3; MM, xvi; Deiss., BS, 265): c. dat. pers., Lk 4:22; seq. ἐπί c. dat. rei, He 11:4; pass., Ac 6:3; seq. ἐν, I Ti 5:10, He 11:2; διά, c. gen. rei, He 11:39; c. gen. pers., Ac 10:22, al.; impers., III Jo 12 (cf. ἐπι-, συν-επι-, κατα-, συν-μαρτυρέω ).Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

strictestMost exact, strict.ἀκριβής, -ές [in LXX: Da LXX 2:45 6:12 ( יַצִּיב ) Da 4:25, Es 4:5, Si 18:29 19:25 31:24 32:3 *;] exact, precise, careful, of things and persons: superl., Ac 26:5.†Scroll for more

sectA self-chosen opinion, a religious or philosophical sect, discord or contention.αἵρεσις, -εως, ἡ (< αἱρέω, -ομαι ), [in LXX for נְדָבָה,] capture. choosing, choice (v. MM, VGT, s.v.). that which is chosen, hence, opinion; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: I Co 11:19, Ga 5:20, II Pe 2:1, R, txt. In late writers (MM, VGT ), of a set of persons professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party, faction: Ac 5:17 15:5 24:5, 14 26:5 28:22, I Co 11:19, Ga 5:20, II Pe 2:1, R, mg. (Cremer, 614).†Scroll for more

ourOur, our own.ἡμέτερος, -α, -ον ( ἡμεῖς ), poss. pron. of first pers., our: Ac 2:11 24:6 26:5, Ro 15:4, II Ti 4:15, I Jn 1:3 2:2; τὸ ἡ., Lk 16:12, WH, txt., R, mg. ( τὸ ὑμ., Rec., WH, mg., R, txt.); οἱ ἡ., our (people), Tit 3:14.†Scroll for more

religion(underlying sense: reverence or worship of the gods), worship as expressed in ritual acts, religion.**† θρησκεία ( -κία, T), -ας, ἡ (< θρῆσκος ), [in LXX: Wi 14:18, 27, Si 22:5 A, IV Mac 5:6, 13 *;] religion in its external aspect (MM, Exp., xv), worship: Ac 26:5, Ja 1:26, 27; θ. τῶν ἀγγέλων, Col 2:18.† SYN.: v.s. θρῆσκος.Scroll for more

to liveI live, am alive.ζάω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for חיה (most freq. ptcp., ζῶν, inf., ζῆν, for חַי );] prop., to live, be alive (v. Syn., s.v. βίος; in cl. usually of animal life, but sometimes of plants, as Arist., Eth. N, i, 7, 12): Ac 20:12, Ro 7:1-3, I Co 7:39, Re 19:20, al.; ἐν αὐτῷ ζῶμεν, Ac 17:28; ἐμοὶ τὸ ζῆν Χριστός, Phl 1:21; διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν (M, Pr., 215, 249), He 2:15; ὃ δὲ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, Ga 2:20; ζῇ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός, Ga 2:20; (ὁ) ζῶν, of God ( אֵל חַי and cognate phrases, Jos 3:10, Ho 2:1 ( 1:10 ), Is 37:4, al.; v. DCG, ii, 39a), Mt 16:16, Jo 6:57, Ro 9:26, I Th 1:9, He 3:12, Re 7:2, al.; in juristic phrase, ζῶ ἐγώ ( חַי־אָנִי, Nu 14:21, al.), as I live, Ro 14:11; ζῆν ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ, Mt 4:4, al.; ἐκ, I Co 9:14; of coming to life, Mk 16:[11], Ro 6:10 14:9, II Co 13:4; opp. to νεκρός, Re 1:18 2:8; metaph., Lk 15:32; ζῆν ἐκ νεκρῶν, Ro 6:13; of the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 10:28, Jo 5:25, Ro 1:17 8:13; εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jo 6:51, 58; σὺν Χριστῷ, I Th 5:10; ὄνομα ἔχεις ὅτι ζῇς, Re 3:1. As sometimes in cl., = βιόω, to live, pass one's life: Lk 2:36, Ac 26:5, Ro 7:9, Col 2:20; ἐν πίστει, Ga 2:20; ἐν τ. ἁμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:2; εὐσεβῶς, II Ti 3:12; ἀσώτως, Lk 15:13; c. dat. (cl.), ἑαυτῳ (Field, Notes, 164), Ro 14:7, II Co 5:15; τ. θεῷ, Lk 20:38, Ro 6:10, 11, Ga 5:25; τ. Χριστῷ, II Co 5:15; τ. δικαιοσύνῃ, I Pe 2:24; πνεύματι, Ga 5:25; κατὰ σάρκα, Ro 8:12, 13; Of inanimate things, metaph.: ὕδωρ ζῶν (i.e. springing water, as opp. to still water), in a spiritual sense, Jo 4:10, 11 7:38 ( DCG, ii, 39 f.): ἐλπὶς ζῶσα, I Pe 1:3; ὁδὸς ζῶσα, He 10:20 (cf. ἀνα-, συν-ζάω; Cremer, 270, 721).Scroll for more

PhariseeA Pharisee, one of the Jewish sect so called.Φαρισαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Aram. פְּרִישָׁא; v. Dalman, Gr., 157 n, Words, 2 n ), a Pharisee: Mt 23:26, Phl 3:5; usually in pl., Mt 9:11, Mk 2:18, al.; Φ. κ. γραμματεῖς, Mt 5:20, Mk 2:16, Lk 5:21, al.; Φ. κ. Σαδδυκαῖοι, Mt 16:1, Ac 23:6, 7 al.; ἀρχιερεῖς, Mt 21:45, Jo 7:32, al. (v. DB, iii, 826 b ).Scroll for more

← Back to Daniel 8:18

← Back to Colossians 1:5

Acts 26:6

6And now I stand here to be judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathers

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2now | 3for | 4the hope | 5of the | 6unto | 7— | 8fathers | 9our | 10promise | 11made | 12of | 13— | 14God | 15I stand | 16to be judged

Related verses (55)

And

now

for

the hope

of the

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

fathers

our

promise

made

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

I stand

to be judged

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

καὶkai

νῦνnoon

ἐπep

ἐλπίδιel-PEE-dee

τῆςtays

εἰςays

τοὺςtoos

πατέραςpah-TEH-rahs

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

ἐπαγγελίαςeh-pahn-geh-LEE-ahs

γενομένηςgeh-noh-MEH-nays

ὑπὸhoo-POH

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

ἕστηκαHEH-stay-kah

κρινόμενοςkree-NOH-meh-nohs

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

νῦνGreek adverb

ἐπGreek preposition

ἐλπίδιGreek noun, feminine

τῆςGreek article

εἰςGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

πατέραςGreek noun, masculine

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

ἐπαγγελίαςGreek noun, feminine

γενομένηςGreek verb

ὑπὸGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

ἕστηκαGreek verb

κρινόμενοςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

nowAdv. (a) of time: just now, even now; just at hand, immediately, (b) of logical connection: now then, (c) in commands and appeals: at this instant.νῦν, adv., [in LXX chiefly for עַתָּה;] prop., of time, now, i.e. at the present time: as opp. to past, Jo 4:18, Ac 7:52, Ro 13:11, II Co 7:9, Col 1:24, al.; opp. to fut., Jo 12:27, Ro 11:31, al.; c. art., ὁ ( ἡ, τὸ ) et subst., the present: Ro 3:26, Ga 4:25, I Ti 6:17, Tit 2:12, al.; ἀπὸ τοῦ ν. (LXX for מֵעַתָּה ), Lk 1:48, Ac 18:6, al.; ἄχρι τοῦ ν., Ro 8:22, Phl 1:5; ἕως τοῦ ν. (LXX for עַתָּה עַד ), Mt 24:21, Mk 13:19; τὰ ν., as regards the present, Ac 5:38; c. pret., just now, but now, Mt 26:65, Jo 11:8 21:10; c. fut., now, presently, Jo 12:31, Ac 20:22; so c. praes., presently, forthwith, Jo 12:31 17:13; καὶ ν., Jo 11:22 17:5, al.; ἀλλὰ ν., Lk 22:36; ἔτι ν., I Co 3:2; τότε ( πότε )... ν. ( δέ ), Ro 6:21 11:30; ν. ἤδη, I Jo 4:3; ν. οὖν, Ac 10:33, al. Of logical sequence (often difficult to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113 f.), now, therefore, now, however, as it is: Lk 11:39; καὶ ν., Ac 3:17, II Th 2:6, I Jo 2:28; id. seq. δεῦρο, Ac 7:34; ν. δέ, Jo 8:40 9:41 15:22, 24 18:36, I Co 5:11 7:14 12:20, al. (cf. WM, 579 11 ).Scroll for more

hopeHope, expectation, trust, confidence.ἐλπίς ( ἑλ-, Ro 8:20, WH, v. Bl., § 4, 3; M, Pr., 44), -ίδος, ἡ [in LXX for בָּטַח and its derivatives, תִּקְוָה (freq. in Jb), etc.;] expectation (in cl., rarely of evil, mostly of good, and so always in NT), hope; of hope in general: II Co 1:6; c. gen. obj., Ac 16:19; art. inf., Ac 27:20, I Co 9:10; παρ’ ἐλπίδα, Ro 4:18; ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι, I Co 9:10. Of religious hope: ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι, Ac 2:26 26:6, Ro 4:18 8:20, Tit 1:2; τῇ ἐ. ἐσώθημεν, Ro 8:24; κατ' ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου, Tit 3:7; of the Messianic hope of Israel, Ac 23:6 26:6, 7 28:20; of Christian hope, Ro 5:2, 4, 5 12:12 15:4, 13, I Co 13:13, II Th 2:16, He 3:6 6:11 7:19 10:23, I Pe 1:3, 21 3:15; c. gen. obj., Ro 5:2, Col 1:27, I Th 1:3 5:8, Tit 1:2; c. gen. of that on which the hope is based, Ac 26:6, Eph 1:18 4:4, Col 1:23; ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἐ., Ro 15:13; ἔχειν ἐ. (= cl. ἐλπίζειν ), Ac 24:15, Ro 15:4, II Co 3:12 10:15, Eph 2:12, I Th 4:13; seq. ἐπί, c. dat., I Jn 3:3; εἰς, Ac 24:15; ὅτι, Ro 8:20, Phl 1:20, 21. Meton., of the author or ground of hope (cl.): I Th 2:19, I Ti 1:1; c. gen. obj., Col 1:27; of the thing hoped for: Ga 5:5, Col 1:5, Tit 2:13, He 6:18 (Cremer, 252, 712).†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

fatherFather, (Heavenly) Father, ancestor, elder, senior.πατήρ, πατρός, -τρί, τέρα, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for אָב;] a father; prop., of the male parent: Mt 2:22, Lk 1:17, Jo 4:53; anarth., He 12:7 (M, Pr., 82 f.); pl., of both parents (cl.), He 11:23; οἱ π. τ. σαρκός, He 12:9; of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually in pl.; Hom., al.): Mt 3:9, Lk 1:73, Jo 8:39, al.; pl., Mt 23:30, 32, Lk 6:23, 26, Jo 4:20, I Co 10:1, al. Metaph., of an author, originator, or archetype (= αἴτιος, ἀρχηγός, etc.; Pind., Plat., al.): Jo 8:41-44, Ro 4:11, 12, 16. as a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority ( Jg 17:10, II Ki 2:12, Pr 1:8, al.): Mt 23:9, Ac 7:2 22:1, I Jo 2:13. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father; of created things: τ. φώτων, Ja 1:17; of all sentient beings: Eph 3:14, 15, He 12:9; of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit.; v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.): Mt 6:4, Lk 6:36, Jo 4:21, Ja 3:9, al.; ὁ π. ὁ ἐν ( τ. ) οὐρανοῖς, Mt 5:16, Mk 11:25; ὁ π. ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 6:14 15:13; esp. in the Epp., of Christians: Ro 8:15, II Co 6:18, Ga 4:6, Eph 2:18 4:6, I Jo 2:1; c. gen. qual., τ. οἰκτιρμῶν, II Co 1:3; τ. δοξῆς, Eph 1:17; of Christ (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.); by our Lord himself: ὁ π., Mt 11:25-27, Lk 10:21, 22, Jo 5:20-23, al.; ὁ π. μου, Mt 11:27, al.; ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς, Mt 7:11, al.; ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 15:13; vocat., Jo 11:41 12:27, 28 17:1, 5, 11, 20, 25 (cf. Abbott, JG., 96 f.); by Apostles: Jo 1:14 (anarth.; v. M, Pr., 82 f.), Ro 15:6, II Co 1:3 11:31, Eph 1:3, Col 1:3, He 1:5, I Pe 1:3, Re 1:6 (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 27-34).Scroll for more

of usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

promiseA promise.ἐπ-αγγελία, -ας, ἡ (< ἐπαγγέλλω ), [in LXX: Ps 55(56):8 ( סֵפֶר ), etc.;] a summons (as Attic law-term, Dem., al.). a promise (Dem., Arist., al.): Ac 23:21; esp. in NT of the divine promises, Ac 7:17, Ro 4:14, 16 9:4, Ga 3:17, 18, 21 4:23, He 8:6 11:9, 17, II Pe 3:9; c. inf., He 4:1; γίνεται, etc., c. dat. pers., Ac 2:39, Ro 4:13, Ga 3:16; seq. πρός, Ac 13:32 26:6; έπαγγέλεσθαι τὴν ἐ., I Jo 2:25; ἔχειν ἐπαγγελίας, He 7:6, II Co 7:1; εἷναι νἐ έπαγγελίᾳ, Eph 6:2; ἡ γῆ τῆς ἐ., He 11:9; τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐ., Ro 9:8, Ga 4:28; τ. πνεῦμα τῆς ἐ. τ. ἅγιον, Eph 1:13; αἱ διαθῆκαι τῆς ἐ., Eph 2:12; ἡ ἐ. τ. θεοῦ, Ro 4:20; pl., II Co 1:20; αἱ ἐ. τ. πατέρων, Ro 15:8; c. gen. obj., τ. ζωῆς (v. Dalman, Words, 103), I Ti 4:8; τ. παρουσίας αὐτοῦ, II Pe 3:4; κατ ̓ ἐπαγγελίαν, Ac 13:23, Ga 3:29, II Ti 1:1; δι ̓ ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18; συμμέτοχα τῆς ἐ., Eph 3:6; λόγος ἐπαγγελίας, Ro 9:9. By meton. (cf. ἐλπίς ), of a promised blessing: Lk 24:49, Ac 1:14, Ga 3:22, He 6:12, 15, 17 10:36 11:13, 33, 39; c. gen. epexeg., Ac 2:33 Ga 3:14, He 9:15 (Cremer, 27).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

to judge(a) I judge, whether in a law-court or privately: sometimes with cognate nouns emphasizing the notion of the verb, (b) I decide, I think (it) good.κρίνω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁפט, also for דּין, ריב, etc.;] to separate, select, choose (cl.; in LXX: II Mac 13:15 ). to approve, esteem: Ro 14:5. to be of opinion, judge, think: Lk 7:43, I Co 11:13; seq. τοῦτο ὅτι, II Co 5:14; c. acc. et inf., Ac 16:15; c. acc. et pred., Ac 13:46 26:8. to decide, determine, decree: c. acc., Ac 16:4, Ro 14:13, I Co 7:37, II Co 2:1; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Ac 20:16 25:25, I Co 2:2 5:3, Tit 3:12 (cf. I Mac 11:33, Wi 8:9, al.); c. acc. et inf., Ac 21:25 27:1. to judge, adjudge, pronounce judgment: absol., Jo 8:16, 26; seq. κατά, c. acc., Jo 7:24 8:15; κρίσιν κ., Jo 7:24; τ. δίκαιον, Lk 12:57 (Deiss., LAE, 118); in forensic sense, Jo 18:31, Ac 23:3, al.; pass., Ro 3:4 (LXX); of God's judgment, Jo 5:30 8:50, Ro 2:16 3:6, II Ti 4:1, I Pe 4:5, al. = κατακρίνω, to condemn (cl.): Ac 13:27; of God's judgment, Jo 3:18 5:22 12:47, 48, Ac 7:7, Ro 2:12, I Co 11:32, He 10:30 (LXX), Ja 5:9, Re 19:2, al. As in LXX (for שׁפט ), to rule, govern ( IV Ki 15:5, Ps 2:10, al.): Mt 19:28, Lk 22:30, I Co 6:3. to bring to trial (cl.); mid., to go to law: c. dat. pers., Mt 5:40; seq. μετά, c. gen. pers. (of the opponent), ἐπί, c. gen. (of the judge), I Co 6:1, 6 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, ἀντ-απο- ( -μαι ), δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, συν-, ὑπο- ( -μαι ), συν-υπο- ( -μαι )). SYN.: v.s. δικάστης.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 49:28

← Back to Exodus 29:39

← Back to Leviticus 24:5

← Back to Luke 2:37

← Back to Philippians 3:11

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 3:10

← Back to 1 Timothy 5:5

← Back to James 1:1

← Back to Revelation 7:4

← Back to Revelation 21:12

Acts 26:7

7unto which promise our twelve tribes earnestly serving God night and day hope to attain And concerning this hope I am accused by the Jews O king

Related verses (15)

unto

which promise

The ASV does not translate this word.

twelve tribes

our

earnestly

night

and

day

serving God

hope

to attain

concerning

this

hope

I am accused

the Jews

O king

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

εἰςays

ἣνhayn

τὸtoh

δωδεκάφυλονdoh-deh-KAH-foo-lohn

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

ἐνen

ἐκτενείᾳeh-kteh-NAY-ah

νύκταNOO-ktah

καὶkai

ἡμέρανhay-MEH-rahn

λατρεῦονlah-TRYOO-ohn

ἐλπίζειel-PEE-zay

καταντῆσαιkah-tahn-TAY-sai

περὶpeh-REE

ἧςhays

ἐλπίδοςel-PEE-dohs

ἐγκαλοῦμαιen-kah-LOO-mai

ὑπὸhoo-POH

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

βασιλεῦbah-see-LYOO

The Pieces

εἰςGreek preposition

ἣνGreek relative pronoun

τὸGreek article

δωδεκάφυλονGreek noun, neuter

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

ἐκτενείᾳGreek noun, feminine

νύκταGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἡμέρανGreek noun, feminine

λατρεῦονGreek verb

ἐλπίζειGreek verb

καταντῆσαιGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

ἧςGreek relative pronoun

ἐλπίδοςGreek noun, feminine

ἐγκαλοῦμαιGreek verb

ὑπὸGreek preposition

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

βασιλεῦGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

twelve tribesThe Twelve Tribes (of Israel).*† δωδεκά-φυλος, -ον (< δώδεκα, φυλή ), of twelve tribes: as subst. neut., τό δ. (cf. λαὸς ὁ δ., Sibyll. Orac.), the twelve tribes, Ac 26:7.†Scroll for more

earnestnessEarnestness, strenuousness, intentness, zeal.**† ἐκ-τένεια, -ας, ἡ (< ἐκτενής ), [in LXX: Jth 4:9, II Mac 14:38, III Mac 6:41 *;] zeal, intentness, earnestness (cf. Deiss., BS, 262): Ac 26:7.†Scroll for more

nightThe night, night-time.νύξ, gen. νυκτός, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for לַיְלָה;] night: Mt 12:40, Mk 6:48, Jo 13:30, al.; gen. temp. (of the time within which something happens; M, Pr., 73; B1., § 36, 13), νυκτός, by night, Mt 2:14, Jo 3:2, I Th 5:7, al.; ν. κ. ἡμέρας, Mk 5:5, I Th 2:9, al.; ἡμέρας κ. ν., Lk 18:7, Re 4:8, al.; μέσης ν., Mt 25:6; dat., νυκτί, in ans. to the question, "when?" (rare in cl.; Hdt., Soph.), ταύτῃ τ. ν., Lk 12:20, al.; ἐκείνῃ, Ac 12:6; ἐπιούσῃ, Ac 23:11; acc. durat. (Bl., § 34, 8; Kühner 3, III, 314 b), ν. κ. ἠμέραν, Lk 2:37, Ac 20:31; τ. νύκτας, Lk 21:37; διὰ νυκτός (= cl. νυκτός; Bl., § 42, 1; 46, 7), Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; δι’ ὅλης ν., Lk 5:5; κατὰ μέσον τῆς ν. (Bl., § 47, 6), Ac 27:27. Metaph.: Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:5.Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

to ministerI serve, especially God, perhaps simply: I worship.λατρεύω (< λάτρις, a hired servant ), [in LXX (always, as λατρεία, of the service of God or of heathen divinities) chiefly for עבד, Ex 3:12, al.; in Da LXX TH ( 3:12, al.) for פְּלַח;] to work for hire. to serve; in cl., also of divine service, to serve, worship, and so always in NT: c. dat. pers., τ. θεῷ, Mt 4:10, Lk 4:8 (LXX), Ac 7:7 24:14 27:23, He 9:14, Re 7:15 22:3; of idol worship (cf. Ex 20:5, Ez 20:32 ), Ac 7:42, Ro 1:25; τ. θεῷ ἐν τ. πνεύματί μου, Ro 1:9; id. ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει, II Ti 1:3; μετ’ εὐλαβείας κ. δέους, He 12:28; ἐν ὁσιότητι κ. δικαιοσύνῃ, Lk 1:74; (without θεῷ ) νηστείαις κ. δεήσεσι, Lk 2:37; πνεύματι θεοῦ, Phl 3:3; absol., Ac 26:7; ὁ λατρεύων, the worshipper, He 9:9 10:2; of ministerial service, c. dat. rei, He 8:5 13:10.† SYN.: λειτουργέω, q.v.Scroll for more

to hope/expectI hope, hope for, expect, trust.ἐλπίζω [in LXX chiefly for בָּטַח, also for חָסָה, יָחַל pi., hi., etc.;] to look for, expect, hope ( for ): c. acc rei, Ro 8:24, 25, I Co 13:7, He 11:1; c. dat. rei ( τ. τύχῃ, Thuc., iii, 97, 2), Mt 12:21; seq. καθώς, II Co 8:5; c. inf., Lk 6:34 23:8, Ac 26:7, Ro 15:24, I Co 16:7, II Co 5:11, Phl 2:19, 23, I Ti 3:14, II Jn 12, III Jn 14; seq. ὅτι, c. pres., Lk 24:21; c. fut., Ac 24:26, II Co 1:13 13:6, Phm 22. As in LXX (WM, § xxxiii, d; and esp. in the pf., Ellic. on I Ti 4:10; Bl., § 59, 2), c. prep.; εἰς, Jo 5:45 (v. Ellis., l.c.), I Pe 3:5; seq. ὅτι, II Co 1:10; ἐπί, c. dat., Ro 15:12 (LXX), I Ti 4:10 6:17; ἐν, I Co 15:19; c. acc, I Pe 1:13 (aor. imper. v. Bl., § 58, 2); τ. θεόν, I Ti 5:5 (of. ἀπ-, προ-ελπίζω, v. Cremer, 255).†Scroll for more

to come to(a) I come down, either from high land to lower (or actually to the sea-coast), or from the high seas to the coast; hence met: I arrive at, reach (my destination), (b) of property: I come down (descend) by inheritance to an heir.† κατ-αντάω, -ῶ, [in LXX: II Ki 3:29 ( חוּל ), II Mac 4:21, 24, 44 Mac 6:14 *;] to come to, arrive at: seq. εἰς, c. acc. loc., Ac 16:1 18:19, 24 21:7 25:13 (v. M, Pr., 132) 27:12 28:13; seq. ἀντικρύ, c. gen., Ac 20:15. Metaph., seq. εἰς, c. acc. pers., I Co 10:11 14:36; id. c. acc. rei, to attain to: Ac 26:7, Eph 4:13, Phl 3:11.†Scroll for more

← Back to Job 14:14

← Back to Ezekiel 37:3

← Back to Matthew 22:29

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:12

← Back to Ephesians 1:20

← Back to Hebrews 6:2

Acts 26:8

8Why is it judged incredible with you if God doth raise the dead

Related verses (12)

Why

incredible

is it judged

with

you

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

the dead

doth raise

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

τίtee

ἄπιστονAH-pee-stohn

κρίνεταιKREE-neh-tai

παρpahr

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

εἰay

ὁhoh

θεὸςtheh-OHS

νεκροὺςneh-KROOS

ἐγείρειeh-GAY-ray

The Pieces

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

ἄπιστονGreek adjective

κρίνεταιGreek verb

παρGreek preposition

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

εἰGreek conditional

ὁGreek article

θεὸς

νεκροὺςGreek adjective

ἐγείρειGreek verb

What It Can Mean

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

unbelievingUnbelieving, incredulous, unchristian; sometimes subst: unbeliever.ἄ-πιστος, -ον (< ἀ- neg., πιστός ), [in LXX: Pr 17:6 28:25, Is 17:10 *;] of things, incredible: Ac 26:8; of persons, without faith or trust, unbelieving: Mt 17:17, Mk 9:19, Lk 9:41 12:46, Jo 20:27, Tit 1:15, Re 21:8; specif., of unbelievers as opp. to Christians: I Co 6:6 7:12-15 10:27 14:22-24, II Co 4:4 6:14, 15, I Ti 5:8 (cf. Lft., Notes, 265; Cremer, 491).†Scroll for more

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

dead(a) adj: dead, lifeless, subject to death, mortal, (b) noun: a dead body, a corpse.νεκρός, -ά, -όν, [in LXX chiefly for מֵת possible misspelling of מָוֶת;] dead, as adj., prop.: Ac 5:10 20:9, Ja 2:26, Re 1:18, al.; ὡσεὶ ν., Mt 28:4, Mk 9:26, Re 1:17; of that which is subject to death, Ro 8:10. Metaph., of persons: Lk 15:24, 32; of those immersed in worldly cares, Mt 8:22, Lk 9:60; of spiritual death, Jo 5:25, Ro 6:13, Eph 5:14, Re 3:1; τ. παραπτώμασιν, Eph 2:1, 5, Col 2:13; of the opposite condition, ν. τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:11; of things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power: ἁμαρτία, Ro 7:8; πίστις, Ja 2:17, 26; ἔργα, He 6:1 9:14. As subst., νεκρός, ὁ (Hom., al.), chiefly in pl. ( οἱ ) ν., the dead: Mt 11:5, Mk 12:26, Lk 20:37, I Co 15:15, al.; ἀνάστασις ( τ. ) νεκρῶν, Mt 22:31, Ac 17:32, al.; ν.... ζῶντες, Mt 22:32, Mk 12:27, Ac 10:42, al.; ἀπὸ νεκρῶν, Lk 16:30; ἐκ ν., Mk 6:14, Lk 24:46, Jo 12:1, Ac 13:34, Ro 10:7, al.; πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν ν., Col 1:18; ζωὴ ἐκ ν., Ro 11:15; constr. praegn., ἐκ ν. ζῶντες, Ro 6:13.Scroll for more

to arise(a) I wake, arouse, (b) I raise up.ἐγείρω, [in LXX for קוּם, etc.;] trans. (imperat. ἔγειρε used intransitively, Mt 9:5, Mk 2:11, al.); to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mk 4:38, Ac 12:7; metaph., of spiritual awakening, Ro 13:11 (pass.), Eph 5:14; pass., to be aroused, wake up: Mt 25:7, Mk 4:27; ἀπὸ τ. ὕπνου, Mt 1:24. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: νεκρούς, Jo 5:21, Ac 26:8, II Co 1:9; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, Ro 8:11, al.; pass., rise from death: Mt 11:5, Lk 7:22, Jo 2:22, Ro 6:9, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νεκρῶν, Mt 14:2, al. In late Gk., to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass., to rise: Mt 9:5, 7, Mk 1:31 9:27 10:49, al.; redundant, like Heb. קוּם, Mt 2:15 9:19, Re 11:1 (v. Dalman, 23f.); to raise up, cause to appear: Ac 13:22 (cf. Jg 2:18 ); τέκνα, Mt 3:9; pass., to appear: Mt 11:11, Mk 13:22, al. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8. Of buildings, to raise: τ. ναόν, Jo 2:19, 20 (cf. De 16:22, Si 49:13 ); (cf. δι-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, συν-εγείρω, and V. Cremer, 224).Scroll for more

← Back to Leviticus 13:29

← Back to Judges 6:30

← Back to Judges 15:2

← Back to Judges 17:13

← Back to Proverbs 16:25

← Back to Song of Solomon 5:7

← Back to Isaiah 5:18

← Back to Isaiah 32:4

← Back to Isaiah 66:5

← Back to Daniel 4:2

← Back to Matthew 12:32

← Back to Romans 10:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:9

← Back to Galatians 1:13

← Back to Philippians 3:6

← Back to 1 Timothy 1:13

← Back to James 3:14

Acts 26:9

9I verily thought with myself that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth

Related verses (10)

verily

The ASV does not translate this word.

thought

with myself

the

name

of Jesus

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Nazareth

that I ought

many things

contrary

to do

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Ἐγὼeh-GOH

μὲνmen

οὖνoon

ἔδοξαEH-doh-ksah

ἐμαυτῷeh-mow-TOH

πρὸςprohs

τὸtoh

ὄνομαOH-noh-mah

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

τοῦtoo

Ναζωραίουnah-zoh-RAI-oo

δεῖνdayn

πολλὰpoh-LAH

ἐναντίαeh-nahn-TEE-ah

πρᾶξαιPRAH-ksai

The Pieces

ἘγὼGreek pronoun

μὲνGreek particle

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἔδοξαGreek verb

ἐμαυτῷGreek reflexive pronoun

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ὄνομαGreek noun, neuter

Ἰησοῦname of a person

τοῦGreek article

Ναζωραίουname of a people of a place

δεῖνGreek verb

πολλὰGreek adjective or Greek adverb

ἐναντίαGreek adjective

πρᾶξαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to thinkI think, seem, appear, it seems.δοκέω, -ῶ (< δόκος, opinion, < δέκομαι, Ion, form of δέχ- ), [in LXX for טוֹב, נָדַב, etc.;] to be of opinion, suppose: Mt 24:44, Lk 12:40, He 10:29; c. inf., Mt 3:9, Lk 8:18 24:37, Jo 5:39 16:2, Ac 12:9 27:13, I Co 3:18 7:40 8:2 10:12 14:37, Ga 6:3, Phl 3:4, Ja 1:26; c. acc et inf., I Co 12:23, II Co 11:16; seq. ὅτι, Mt 6:7 26:53, Mk 6:49, Lk 12:51 13:2, 4 19:11, Jo 5:45 11:13, 31 13:29 20:15, I Co 4:9, II Co 12:19, Ja 4:5. to seem, be reputed: Ac 25:27; c. inf., Mk 10:42, Lk 10:36 22:24, Ac 17:13 26:9, I Co 11:16 12:22, II Co 10:9, Ga 2:6, 9, He 4:1 12:11; οἱ δοκοῦντες, those of repute, Ga 2:2. Impers., it seems, c. dat. pers.; to think: Mt 17:25 18:12 21:28 22:17, 42 26:66, Jo 11:56, He 12:10; to please, seem good to: c. inf., Lk 1:3, Ac 15:22, 25, 23, 34.† SYN. ( δοκέω 1.): ἡγέομαι 2, νομίζω 2, οἴομαι; ἡ. and ν. properly express belief resting on external proof, ἡ. denoting the more careful judgment; δ. and οἴ. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of οἴ. is based on feeling, in δ. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17) ( δοκέω 2.): φαίνομαι; φ., from the standpoint of the object, "expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself"; δ., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's subjective judgment about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., § lxxx; Cremer, 204).Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

NazarethA Nazarene, an inhabitant of Nazareth.Ναζωραῖος, -ου, ὁ (= -ρηνός, q.v.), a Nazarene: Mt 2:23 (LXX) 26:71, Lk 18:37, Jo 18:5, 7 19:19, Ac 2:22 3:6 4:10 6:14 22:8 24:5 26:9.†Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

hostileOpposite, opposed, contrary; the adversary.ἐν-αντίος, -α, -ον (< ἀντίος, set against ), [in LXX: ἐξ ἐναντίας, for נֶגֶד, etc.; ἐναντίον, for לִפְנֵי etc.;] over against, opposite, contrary: ἄνεμος, Mt 14:24, Mk 6:48, Ac 27:4; ἐξ ἐναντίας (ellipse obscure, v. Bl., § 44,1; Mozley, Ps 42:1-11 ), c. gen., Mk 15:39. Metaph., opposed, hostile: I Th 2:15, Ac 26:9 28:17; ὁ ἐξ ἐ., Tit 2:8. Neuter., -ίον, adv., as prep. c. gen., before, in the presence of: Lk 1:6 20:26 24:19 Ac 7:10 ( ἔναντι, T), Ac 8:32 (LXX).†Scroll for more

to do/requireI do, perform, accomplish; be in any condition, i.e. I fare; I exact, require.πράσσω, (Att. -ττω, and so Ac 17:7 Rec.; cf. M, Pr., 25, 45), [in LXX chiefly for עשׂה, פָּעַל;] = Lat agere, as ποιέω (q.v.) = facere, to do, practise, be engaged in: Ac 19:19, 36, I Co 9:17; τ. ἴδια π., to mind one's own business ( τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, Soph., Plat.), I Th 4:11; intrans., to act, Ac 17:7. to achieve, effect, accomplish, perform: Ac 26:20, 26, Ro 7:15 9:11, II Co 5:10, Phl 4:9; νόμον ( ICC, in l.), Ro 2:25; of unworthy acts (for wh. usually ποιέω in cl.), to commit, do: Lk 22:23 23:41, Jo 3:20 5:29, Ac 3:17 5:35 16:28 25:11, 25 26:9, 31, Ro 1:32 ( ICC, in l.), 2:1-3 7:19 13:4, I Co 5:2, II Co 12:21, Ga 5:21. to transact, manage, hence, of payment, to exact (cl.): Lk 3:13 19:23. Reflexively, of state or condition, to do or fare (Æsch., Hdt., al.): Eph 6:21; εὖ π. (v. M, Pr., 228 f.), Ac 15:29.† SYN.: v.s. ποιέω.Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Samuel 22:18

← Back to 1 Kings 22:27

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:5

Acts 26:10

10And this I also did in Jerusalem and I both shut up many of the saints in prisons having received authority from the chief priests and when they were put to death I gave my vote against them

Related verses (13)

this

also

I … did

Jerusalem

and

many

both

of the

saints

prisons

shut up

The ASV does not translate this word.

from

the

chief priests

authority

having received

when … were put to death

and

they

I gave … against them

my vote

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

ὃhoh

καὶkai

ἐποίησαeh-POY-ay-sah

ἐνen

Ἱεροσολύμοιςhee-eh-roh-soh-LOO-moys

καὶkai

πολλούςpoh-LOOS

τεteh

τῶνtohn

ἁγίωνhah-GEE-ohn

ἐγὼeh-GOH

ἐνen

φυλακαῖςfoo-lah-KAIS

κατέκλεισαkah-TEH-klay-sah

τὴνtayn

παρὰpah-RAH

τῶνtohn

ἀρχιερέωνahr-chee-eh-REH-ohn

ἐξουσίανeh-ksoo-SEE-ahn

λαβώνlah-BOHN

ἀναιρουμένωνah-nai-roo-MEH-nohn

τεteh

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

κατήνεγκαkah-TAY-nen-kah

ψῆφονPSAY-fohn

The Pieces

ὃGreek relative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐποίησαGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

Ἱεροσολύμοιςname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

πολλούςGreek adjective or Greek adverb

τεGreek conjunction

τῶνGreek article

ἁγίωνGreek adjective

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

φυλακαῖςGreek noun, feminine

κατέκλεισαGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

παρὰGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

ἀρχιερέωνGreek noun, masculine

ἐξουσίανGreek noun, feminine

λαβώνGreek verb

ἀναιρουμένωνGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

κατήνεγκαGreek verb

ψῆφονGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

holySet apart by (or for) God, holy, sacred.ἅγιος, -α, ον (< τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate ), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός ), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Lk 1:49, Jo 17:11, Re 4:8. Hence of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mt 24:15, He 9:1; of persons employed by him, as angels: I Th 3:13; prophets, Lk 1:70; apostles, Eph 3:5. Applied to persons as separated to God's service: of Christ, Mk 1:24, Jo 6:69, Ac 4:30; of Christians, Ac 9:13, Ro 1:7, He 6:10, Re 5:8. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mk 6:20, Jo 17:11, Ac 3:14, Re 3:7. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: I Co 7:14, Eph 1:4. SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός ( sacer ), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος ( sanctus as opp. to nefas ), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

prison/watch: prisonA watching, keeping guard; a guard, prison; imprisonment.φυλακή, -ῆς, ἡ (< φυλάσσω ) [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁמֶרֶת and cogn. forms, also for כֶּלֶא etc.;] actively, a guarding, guard, watch (Hom., Plat., Xen., al.): cogn. acc., φυλάσσειν φυλακάς, to keep watch, Lk 2:8; of those who keep watch (as also Lat. custodia ), a guard; pl., sentinels, a guard (Hom., al.): Ac 12:10; of the place where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Mt 14:10, Mk 6:17, Lk 3:20, Ac 5:19, II Co 6:5, I Pe 3:19, Re 18:2, al.; of the time during which guard was kept by night (Lat. vigilia; Anthol.), a watch: Mt 14:25 24:43, Mk 6:48, Lk 12:38Scroll for more

to lock upI shut up, confine.κατα-κλείω, [in LXX: Je 39 (32):3 ( כּלא ), Wi 17:2, 16, II Mac 13:21, III Mac 3:25 *;] to shut up:. c. acc. pers., seq. ἐν φυλακῇ ( -αῖς ), Lk 3:20, Ac 26:10.†Scroll for more

high-priestHigh priest, chief priest.ἀρχ-ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX for כֹּהֵן, הַגָּדוֹל כּ״, הָרֹאשׁ כּ״;] high-priest: Mk 2:26 14:47, al.; of Christ: He 2:17 3:1, al. In pl., chief priests, including ex-high-priests and members of high-priestly families: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:31, al. (Cremer, 294; DCG, i, 297 f.; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

authority(a) power, authority, weight, especially: moral authority, influence, (b) in a quasi-personal sense, derived from later Judaism, of a spiritual power, and hence of an earthly power.ἐξουσία, -ας, ἡ (< ἔξεστι ), [in LXX: IV Ki 20:13, Ps 113 (114):2 135 (136)8, 9, Is 39:2, Je 28 (51):28 ( מֶמְשָׁלָה ), freq. in Da for Aram. שָׁלְטָן, etc., Wi 10:14, Si 9:13, al.;] prop., liberty or power to act, freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by δύναμις (q.v.): I Co 9:12; ἐ. ἔχειν, II Th 3:9; id. seq. inf., Jo 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5; c. gen. obj., Ro 9:21; seq. ἐπί, c. acc., Re 22:14; περί, I Co 7:37. Later (cf. Milligan, Th., 114; MM, Exp., xiv), of the power of right, authority: Mt 21:33, Mk 11:28, Lk 20:2; of Messianic authority, Mt 9:6, Mk 2:10, al.; of apostolic authority, II Co 10:8 13:10; of the authority of government: Mt 8:9 28:18, Ju 25, Re 12:10, al.; esp. of judicial authority, Lk 20:20, Jo 19:10, 11. Meton., jurisdiction: Lk 23:7 (cf. I Mac 6:11, Is 39:2 ); a ruler or magistrate: Ro 13:1-3; pl., Lk 12:11, Ro 13:1, Tit 3:1; of supramundane powers (syn. with ἀρχή, δύναμις, θρόνος, κυριότης ): I Co 15:24, Eph 1:21 3:10, Col 2:10, I Pe 3:22, al. (Cremer. 236). SYN.: v.s. δύναμις.Scroll for more

to take(a) I receive, get, (b) I take, lay hold of.λαμβάνω, [in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for נשׂא, לכד, אחז, etc.;] to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 26:26, Mk 14:22; c. acc. rei, Mt 5:40 26:52, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Mt 21:35, Mk 12:3, al.; pleonastic λαβών (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mt 13:31 14:19, al.; so also indic., Mk 7:27, Jo 19:1, 40, Re 8:5, al.; metaph., c. acc. rei, ἀφορμήν, Ro 7:8, 11; ὑδόδειγμα, Ja 5:10; id. c. acc. pers., φόβος, Lk 7:16; πνεῦμα, Lk 9:39; πειρασμός, I Co 10:13; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238; Bl., § 59, 4), Re 5:7 8:5, al. to receive: absol., opp. to αἰτεῖν, Mt 7:8, al.; διδόναι, Mt 10:8, Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei, Mt 27:6, Mk 10:30, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:21 13:20 19:27, II Jo 10; ῥαπίσμασιν (a vulgarism; Bl., § 38, 3), Mk 14:65; metaph., τ. λόγον, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16; τ. μαρτυρίαν, Jo 3:11; τ. ῥήματα, Jo 12:48; πρόσωπον (Heb. נָשָׂא פָּנִים, Dalman, Words, 30), Lk 20:21, Ga 2:6; ζωὴν αἰώνιον (Dalman, op. cit., 124 f.), Mk 10:30 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, συν-αντι- ( -μαι ), ἀπο-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, συν-περι-, ὑπο-λαμβάνω ).Scroll for more

to killI take up, take away the life of, make an end of, murder.ἀν-αιρέω, -ῶ [in LXX for הרג hi., מֵת hi., נכה hi., etc.;] to take up: mid., Ac 7:21. to take away, make an end of, destroy (for late exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.); of things (as freq. in cl. of laws, etc.): He 10:9; of persons, to kill: Mt 2:16, Lk 22:2 23:32, Ac 2:23 5:33, 36 7:28 9:23-24, 29 10:39 12:2 13:28 16:27 22:20 23:15, 21 23:27 25:3 26:10, II Th 2:8, WH, txt., R, txt.†Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to vote againstI bear down, overpower; I give a vote or verdict, bring charges.κατα-φέρω, [in LXX for ירד hi., etc.;] to bring down: αἰτιώματα, Ac 25:7; ψῆφον, to cast a ballot, Ac 26:10; pass., to be borne down: ὕπνῳ, ἀπὸ τ. ὕ., Ac 20:9.†Scroll for more

stone(a) a pebble, small stone, (b) hence, from their use in voting: a vote.ψῆφος, -ου, ἡ (< ψάω, to rub) [in LXX: Ex 4:25 ( צֹר ), La 3:16 ( חָצָץ ), Ec 7:26 (25) ( חֶשְׁבּוֺך ), IV Ki 12:4 (5) A, Si 18:10, IV Mac 15:26 *;] a small smooth stone, a pebble: ψ. λευκή (for suggestions as to the meaning, v. Swete, in l.), Re 2:17. From the use of pebbles in voting, a vote: Ac 26:10.†Scroll for more

← Back to Leviticus 24:16

← Back to Psalms 27:12

← Back to Psalms 102:8

← Back to Ecclesiastes 9:3

← Back to Jeremiah 29:26

← Back to Matthew 10:17

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:7

← Back to James 2:7

← Back to 2 Peter 2:16

← Back to Revelation 2:9

Acts 26:11

11And punishing them oftentimes in all the synagogues I strove to make them blaspheme and being exceedingly mad against them I persecuted them even unto foreign cities

Related verses (14)

And

all

the

synagogues

oftentimes

punishing

them

I strove to make them

blaspheme

exceedingly

and

being … mad

against them

I persecuted them

The ASV does not translate this word.

even

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

foreign

cities

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

καὶkai

κατὰkah-TAH

πάσαςPAH-sahs

τὰςtahs

συναγωγὰςsoo-nah-goh-GAHS

πολλάκιςpoh-LAH-kees

τιμωρῶνtee-moh-ROHN

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

ἠνάγκαζονay-NAHN-kah-zohn

βλασφημεῖνblah-sfay-MAYN

περισσῶςpeh-ree-SOHS

τεteh

ἐμμαινόμενοςeh-mai-NOH-meh-nohs

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ἐδίωκονeh-DEE-oh-kohn

ἕωςHEH-ohs

καὶkai

εἰςays

τὰςtahs

ἔξωEH-ksoh

πόλειςPOH-lays

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

κατὰGreek preposition

πάσαςGreek adjective

τὰςGreek article

συναγωγὰςGreek noun, feminine

πολλάκιςGreek adverb

τιμωρῶνGreek verb

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

ἠνάγκαζονGreek verb

βλασφημεῖνGreek verb

περισσῶςGreek adverb

τεGreek conjunction

ἐμμαινόμενοςGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ἐδίωκονGreek verb

ἕωςGreek preposition

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰςGreek preposition

τὰςGreek article

ἔξωGreek preposition

πόλειςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

synagogueAn assembly, congregation, synagogue, either the place or the people gathered together in the place.συν-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for עֵדָה, also for קהל, etc.;] prop., a bringing together; of things, a gathering in of harvest; a collection of money. Of persons, a collecting, assembling (Polyb.); an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.): Re 2:9 3:9; esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogue: Lk 12:11, Ac 9:2, al.; of a Christian assembly, Ja 2:2. By meton., of the building in which the assembly is held, a synagogue: Mt 10:17, Mk 1:21, al. (cf. Cremer, s.v. ἐκκλησία ) SYN.: ἐκκλησία (q.v.)Scroll for more

oftenMany times, often, frequently.πολλάκις, adv. (< πολύς ), often: Mt 17:15, al.Scroll for more

to punishI punish, avenge myself on.τιμωρέω, -ῶ (< τιμή + οὖρος, a guardian ) [in LXX: Ez 5:17 14:15 ( שָׁכֹל pi), Wi 12:20 18:8, al.;] to help. to avenge; mid., to avenge oneself on, punish (Hdt., Eur., al): act, in this sense, Ac 22:5 26:11 (v. MM, xxiv).†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

to compelI force, compel, constrain, urge.ἀναγκάζω (< ἀνάγκη ), [in LXX: Pr 6:7 ( שֹׁטֵר ), I Es 3:24, I Mac 2:25, al.;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain: c. acc., II Co 12:11; id. c. inf., Mt 14:22, Mk 6:45, Lk 14:23, Ac 26:11 (on the impf. here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Ga 2:14 6:12; pass., C. inf., Ac 28:19, Ga 2:3 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to blasphemeI speak evil against, blaspheme, use abusive or scurrilous language about (God or men).βλασφημέω, -ῶ (< βλάσφημος ), [in LXX: IV Ki 19:4 ( יכח hi.) ib. 6, 22 ( גּדף pi.), Is 52:5 ( נאץ hith.), Da LXX 3:29 (96) ( אמר שׁלח ), To 1:18, Da TH Bel 9, II Mac 2 *;] to speak lightly or profanely of sacred things (in cl., opp. of εὐφημέω ), esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, speak blasphemously: absol., Mt 9:3 26:65, Mk 2:7, Jo 10:36, Ac 26:11, I Ti 1:20, II Pe 2:12; τ. θεόν, Ac 19:37, Re 16:11, 21; τὸ ὄνομα τ. θεοῦ, Re 13:6 16:9; δόξας, Ju 3, II Pe 2:10; εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Mk 3:29, Lk 12:10. to revile, rail at, slander: absol., Lk 22:65, Ac 13:45 18:6, I Pe 4:4; c. acc., Mt 27:39, Mk 3:28 15:29, Lk 23:39, Tit 3:2, Ja 2:7, Ju 10. Pass.: Ro 2:24 3:8 14:16, I Co 10:30, I Ti 6:1, Tit 2:5, II Pe 2:2 (Cremer, 570).†Scroll for more

excessivelyGreatly, exceedingly, abundantly, vehemently.περισσῶς, adv. ( περισσός ), [in LXX: Ps 30 (31):23 ( עַל־יֶתֶר ), Da TH 7:7, 19 8:9 ( יַתִּירָה, יֶתֶר ), II Mac 8:27 Mac 12:44 A*;] beyond measure, exceedingly, abundantly: Mt 27:23, Mk 10:26 15:14, Ac 26:11. Compar. περισσότερον (v.s. περισσός ); περισσοτέρως: II Co 1:12 2:4 7:15 11:23, Ga 1:14, Phl 1:14, I Th 2:17, He 2:1 13:19; π. μᾶλλον, II Co 7:13; opp. to ἧττον, II Co 12:15.†Scroll for more

be enragedI am madly enraged with.*† ἐμ-μαίνομαι depon., to rage against: c. dat., Ac 26:11.†Scroll for more

to pursueI pursue, hence: I persecute.διώκω [in LXX chiefly for רדף;] to put to flight, drive away: Mt 23:34. to pursue; of persons; c. acc, without hostility, to follow after: Lk 17:23; with hostile purpose: Ac 26:11, Re 12:13. Hence, to persecute: Mt 5:10-12, 44 10:23, Lk 11:49 21:12, Jo 5:16 15:20, Ac 7:52 9:4, 5 22:4, 7, 8 26:14, 15, Ro 12:14, I Co 4:12 15:9, II Co 4:9, Ga 1:13, 23 4:29 5:11 6:12, Phl 3:6, II Ti 3:12; metaph., c. acc rei, of seeking eagerly after: Ro 9:30, I Ti 6:11, II Ti 2:22; νόμον δικαιοσύνης, Ro 9:31; τ. φιλοξενίαν, Ro 12:13; εἰρήνην, He 12:14, I Pe 3:11; τὰ τῆς εἰ., Ro 14:19; τ. ἀγάπην, I Co 14:1; τὸ ἀγαθόν, I Th 5:15; absol., to follow on, drive, or speed on (Æsch.), Phl 3:12, 14.†Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

outsideWithout, outside.ἔξω adv. (< ἐξ ), [in LXX for חוּץ;] outside, without; adverbially: Mt 12:46, Mk 3:31 11:4, Lk 8:20, Jo 18:16, al.; c. art., ὁ ἔ., he who is without; metaph., in pl., οἱ ἔ., of those outside the Church, I Co 5:12, 13, Col 4:5 (Lft., in l), I Th 4:12; ὁ ἔ. ἄνθρωπος, II Co 4:16; αἱ ἔ. πόλεις, Ac 26:11; as prep. c. gen.: Lk 13:33, Ac 21:5, He 13:11, 12 After verbs of motion; adverbially, forth, out: Mt 5:13 Mk 14:68, Lk 22:62, Jo 6:37 19:4, 13, Ac 9:40, al.; as prep. c. gen., out of: Mt 21:17, Mk 11:19 12:8, Lk 4:29, Ac 7:58, He 13:13, alScroll for more

cityA city, the inhabitants of a city.πόλις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for עִיר;] a city: Mt 2:23, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:29, Jo 4:8, al. mult.; opp. to κῶμαι ( κ. καὶ ἀγροί ), Mt 9:35 10:11, Mk 6:56, Lk 8:1 13:22; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac 11:5 16:14; c. id. in gen. appos. (Bl., § 35, 5), Ac 8:5, II Pe 2:6; gen., of the region, Lk 1:26 4:31, Jo 4:5; of the inhabitants, Mt 10:5, 23, Lk 23:51, Ac 19:35, II Co 11:32; c. gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22:7, Lk 2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jo 1:45, Ac 16:20, Re 16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π., Mt 4:5 27:53, Re 11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Re 20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, Mt 5:35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2 ); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Re 3:12 21:2, 10, 14 ff. 22:14, 19. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 8:34 12:25 21:10, Mk 1:33, Ac 14:21 21:30.Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 9:2

← Back to Acts 9:3

← Back to Acts 22:6

Acts 26:12

12Whereupon as I journeyed to Damascus with the authority and commission of the chief priests

Related verses (10)

Whereupon

as I journeyed

The ASV does not translate this word.

Damascus

with

the authority

and

commission

The ASV does not translate this word.

of the

chief priests

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Ἐνen

οἷςhoys

πορευόμενοςpoh-ryoo-OH-meh-nohs

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

Δαμασκὸνdah-mah-SKOHN

μετmet

ἐξουσίαςeh-ksoo-SEE-ahs

καὶkai

ἐπιτροπῆςeh-pee-troh-PAYS

τῆςtays

τῶνtohn

ἀρχιερέωνahr-chee-eh-REH-ohn

The Pieces

ἘνGreek preposition

οἷςGreek relative pronoun

πορευόμενοςGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

Δαμασκὸνname of a place

μετGreek preposition

ἐξουσίαςGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπιτροπῆςGreek noun, feminine

τῆςGreek article

τῶνGreek article

ἀρχιερέωνGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

DamascusDamascus.Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ (Heb. דַּמֶּשֶׂק ), Damascus: Ac 9:2 ff. 22:5 ff. 26:12, 20, II Co 11:32, Ga 1:17.†Scroll for more

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

commissionPower to decide, authority, commission.** ἐπι-τροπή, -ῆς, ἡ (< ἐπιτρέπω ), [in LXX: II Mac 13:14 *;] power to decide, authority: Ac 26:12.†Scroll for more

← Back to Daniel 3:24

← Back to Daniel 5:18

← Back to Amos 9:1

← Back to Matthew 17:2

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:1

← Back to Hebrews 10:14

← Back to Revelation 1:16

← Back to Revelation 10:1

Acts 26:13

13at midday O king I saw on the way a light from heaven above the brightness of the sun shining round about me and them that journeyed with me

Related verses (7)

at midday

the

way

I saw

O king

from heaven

above

the

brightness

of the

sun

shining round about

a light

and

them

with

that journeyed

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

μέσηςMEH-says

κατὰkah-TAH

τὴνtayn

ὁδὸνhoh-DOHN

εἶδονAY-dohn

βασιλεῦbah-see-LYOO

οὐρανόθενoo-rah-NOH-then

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

τὴνtayn

λαμπρότηταlahm-PROH-tay-tah

τοῦtoo

ἡλίουhay-LEE-oo

περιλάμψανpeh-ree-LAHM-psahn

μεmeh

φῶςfohs

καὶkai

τοὺςtoos

σὺνsoon

ἐμοὶeh-MOY

πορευομένουςpoh-ryoo-oh-MEH-noos

The Pieces

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

μέσηςGreek adjective

κατὰGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

ὁδὸνGreek noun, feminine

εἶδον

βασιλεῦGreek noun, masculine

οὐρανόθενGreek adverb

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

λαμπρότηταGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

ἡλίουGreek noun, masculine

περιλάμψανGreek verb

μεGreek pronoun

φῶςGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

τοὺςGreek article

σὺνGreek preposition

ἐμοὶGreek pronoun

πορευομένουςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

midstMiddle, in the middle, between, in the midst of.μέσος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for תָּוֶךְ;] middle, in the middle or midst; prop., as an adj.: Lk 23:45, Jo 19:18, Ac 1:18; c. gen. pl., Lk 22:55, Jo 1:26; gen. temp. (Bl., § 36, 13), μέσης νυκτός, Mt 25:6; μ. ἡμέρας, Ac 26:13. In adverbial phrases, neut., μέσον, τὸ μ., as subst.: ἀνὰ μέσον, c. gen., between (cl.; in LXX: Ge 1:4, al.), elliptically (but v. M, Pr., 99), I Co 6:5; = ἐν μ., among, in the midst of (Bl., § 39, 2; 40, 8; cf. in LXX: Jos 19:1, Si 27:2 ), Mt 13:25, Mk 7:31, Re 7:17; διὰ μέσου, c. gen., Lk 4:30; διὰ μέσον (Rec. -ου, v. Bl., § 42, 1), between, Lk 17:11 ( ICC, in l.); εἰς τὸ μ. (v.s. εἰς ), Mk 3:3, Lk 4:35 5:19 6:8, Jo 20:19, 26; εἰς μ., Mk 14:60; ἐν τῷ μ., Mt 14:6; ἐν μ., Jos 8:[3, 9], Ac 4:7; c, gen. loc., Mk 6:47, Lk 21:21 22:55, Ac 17:22, He 2:12 (LXX), Re 4:6 5:6 22:2. c. gen. pl., Mt 10:16 18:2, 20, Mk 9:36, Lk 2:46 8:7 10:3 22:27 24:36, Ac 1:15 2:22 27:21, I Th 2:7, Re 1:13 2:1 5:6 6:6; κατὰ μέσον τ. νυκτός, Ac 27:27 (Bl., § 47, 6); ἐκ τοῦ μ. (Lft., in l.; Deiss., BS, 252 f.), Col 2:14; ἐκ μ., II Th 2:7; ἐκ τοῦ μ., c. gen., Mt 13:49, Ac 17:33 23:10, I Co 5:2, II Co 6:17. Neut., μέσον, adverbially, c. gen., in the midst of, Mt 14:24 (WH, txt., R, mg., aliter), Phl 2:15 ( διὰ μέσου —v. supr.—also Jo 8:50, R, mg.).†Scroll for more

roadA way, road, journey, path.ὁδός, -οῦ, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for דֶּרֶךְ;] a way, path, road: Mt 2:12, Mk 10:46, Lk 3:5, al.; κατὰ τὴν ὁ., Lk 10:4, al.; παρὰ τὴν ὁ., Mt 13:4, al.; c. gen. pers, (subj.), τὴν ὁ. ἑτοιμάζειν (fig.), Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, al.; c. gen. term. (obj.), ἐθνῶν, Mt 10:5; τ. ἁγίων (fig.), He 9:8; acc., ὁδόν, with force of prep. (like Heb. דֶּרֶךְ; Bl., § 34, 8; 35, 5), ὁ. θαλάσσης, Mt 4:15 (LXX). A traveller's way, journey: ἐν τ. ὁ., Mt 5:25, Mk 8:27, al.; ἐξ ὁ., Lk 11:6; εἰς ὁ., Mt 10:10; τ. ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι, Ac 8:39; ὁ. ἡμέρας, Lk 2:44; ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (= cl., ὁ. ποιεῖσθαι; v. Field, Notes, 25), to make one's way, i.e. proceed on one's journey, Mk 2:23. Metaph. (cl.; but esp. freq. in Heb.; v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting: Ac 14:16, I Co 4:17 12:31, Ja 1:8 5:20; τοῦ Κάϊν, Ju 11; τ. Βαλαάμ, II Pe 2:15; εἰρήνης, Ro 3:17; ζωῆς, Ac 2:28; ἡ ὁ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τ. ζωήν (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 7:14; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Mt 21:32; σωτηρίας, Ac 16:17; αἱ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Ac 13:10, Ro 11:33, Re 15:3 (cf. Ho 14:9 Ps 94 (95):10, Si 39:24, al.); ἡ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ (the way approved by God), Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14, Lk 20:21; id., of the Christian religion, Ac 18:26; so, absol., ἡ ὁ., Ac 9:2 19:9, 23 24:22; of Christ as the means of approach to God, Jo 14:6. Ellipsis of ὁ.: ποίας (sc. ὁδοῦ ), Lk 5:19; ἐκείνης, Luke 19:4 (v. Bl., § 36, 13; 44, 1).Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

from heavenFrom heaven, from the sky.** οὐρανόθεν (< οὐρανός ), adv., [in LXX: IV Mac 4:10 *;] from heaven: Ac 14:17 26:13.†Scroll for more

brightnessSplendor, brightness, brilliancy.λαμπρότης, -ητος, ἡ, [in LXX: Ps 109 (110):3 ( הָדָר ), al.;] brightness, brilliancy: τ. ἡλίου, Ac 26:13.†Scroll for more

sunThe sun, sunlight.ἥλιος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שֶׁמֶשׁ;] the sun: with art. (Bl., § 46, 5), Mt 5:45 13:43 17:2 24:29, Mk 1:32 4:6 13:24 16:2, Lk 4:40, Ac 2:20 (LXX) 26:13, Eph 4:26, Ja 1:11, Re 1:16 6:12 8:12 9:2 10:1 12:1 16:8 19:17 21:23; βλέπειν τὸν ἥ., Ac 13:11; οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥ., Re 7:16; without art., Mt 13:6, Lk 21:25 23:45, Ac 27:20, I Co 15:41, Re 7:2 16:12 22:5.†Scroll for more

to shine aroundI shine around.*† περι-λάμπω: to shine around: c. acc., Lk 2:9, Ac 26:13.†Scroll for more

lightLight, a source of light, radiance.φῶς (Att.. contr. from φάος; < φάω ), gen., φωτός, τό, [in LXX chiefly for אוֹר;] light (opp. to τὸ σκότος, ἡ σκοτία ): Mt 17:2, 5, Jo 11:9, 10, II Co 4:6; ἡλίου, Re 22:5; of a lamp, Lk 8:16 11:33, Jo 5:35, Re 18:23; of a supernatural heavenly light, Ac 9:3 12:7 22:6, 9, 11 26:13; hence, ἄγγελος φωτός, II Co 11:14; ὁ κλήρος τ. ἁγίων ἐν τ. φ., Col 1:12; of the divine glory, Re 21:24; by meton., of that which gives light: of fire, Mk 14:54, Lk 22:56 (cl.; I Mac 12:29; cf. DCG, i, 595); pl., of a lamp or torch, Ac 16:29; of heavenly bodies, Ja 1:17. Metaph., of God: I Jn 1:5, 7; φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, I Ti 6:16; of spiritual truth and its effects on the lives of men: Mt 4:16 5:16, Jo 1:4, 5 3:19-21, Ac 26:18, 23, II Co 6:14, Eph 5:13, I Pe 2:9, I Jn 2:8; τ. φ. τ. ζωῆς, Jo 8:12; τ. ὅπλα τοῦ φ., Ro 13:12; καρπὸς τοῦ φ., Eph 5:9; έν τ. φ. περιπατεῖν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Jn 1:7 2:9, 10; υἱοὶ ( τέκνα ) τοῦ φ., Lk 16:8, Jo 12:36, Eph 5:8, I Th 5:5; by meton., of one from whom truth shines forth: Ac 13:47 (LXX), Ro 2:19; esp. of Christ, Lk 2:32, Jo 1:7, 8 12:35, 36, 46; τ. φ. τ. κόσμου, Jo 8:12 9:5; τ. φ. τ. ἀληθινόν, Jo 1:9; of Christians, Mt 5:14, Eph 5:8; of the spiritual understanding: τ. φ. τὸ ἐν σοί, Mt 6:23, Lk 11:35; adverbially, of that which is open to view (opp. to ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ ): ἐν τ. φ., Mt 10:27, Lk 12:3.† SYN.: v.s. φέγγοςScroll for more

withWith.σύν (old Att. ξύν ), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.; Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mt 4, Mk 6, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1:11, II Pe 1:18 ) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Lk 2:13, Jo 21:3, Ac 10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Lk 7:12, Ac 4:13, Phl 1:23, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4:13; οἱ σύν τινι (ὄντες), of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 2:26, Lk 5:9, Ac 5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, I Co 15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Lk 23:11, Ac 3:4 10:2 14:5 23:15, Eph 3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, II Co 13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Lk 24:21. In composition: with ( συνχαίρω ), together ( συνωδίνω ), altogether ( συντελέω ).Scroll for more

Iἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 22:11

← Back to Matthew 17:6

← Back to Revelation 16:16

Acts 26:14

14And when we were all fallen to the earth I heard a voice saying unto me in the Hebrew language Saul Saul why persecutest thou me it is hard for thee to kick against the goad

Related verses (8)

all

And

when … were … fallen

the

earth

I heard

a voice

saying

unto

in the

Hebrew

language

Saul

why

persecutest thou

it is hard

for thee

against

the goad

to kick

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

πάντωνPAHN-tohn

τεteh

καταπεσόντωνkah-tah-peh-SOHN-tohn

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

γῆνgayn

ἤκουσαAY-koo-sah

φωνὴνfoh-NAYN

λέγουσανLEH-goo-sahn

πρόςprohs

μεmeh

τῇtay

Ἑβραΐδιheh-brah-EE-dee

διαλέκτῳdee-ah-LEH-ktoh

Σαοὺλsah-OOL

Σαούλsah-OOL

τίtee

μεmeh

διώκειςdee-OH-kays

σκληρόνsklay-ROHN

σοιsoy

πρὸςprohs

κέντραKEN-trah

λακτίζεινlah-KTEE-zayn

The Pieces

πάντωνGreek adjective

τεGreek conjunction

καταπεσόντωνGreek verb

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

γῆν

ἤκουσαGreek verb

φωνὴν

λέγουσανGreek verb

πρόςGreek preposition

μεGreek pronoun

τῇGreek article

ἙβραΐδιGreek adjective

διαλέκτῳGreek noun, feminine

Σαοὺλ

Σαούλ

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

μεGreek pronoun

διώκειςGreek verb

σκληρόνGreek adjective or Greek adverb

σοιGreek pronoun

πρὸςGreek preposition

κέντραGreek noun, neuter

λακτίζεινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to fall downI fall down, fall prostrate.κατα-πίπτω, [in LXX: Ps 144 (145):14 ( נפל ), etc.;] to fall down: Ac 28:6; seq. εἰς, Ac 26:14; ἐπί c. acc., Lk 8:6.†Scroll for more

earthThe earth, soil, land, region, country, inhabitants of a region.γῆ, γῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for אֶרֶץ, אֲדָמָה, etc.;] the earth, world: Lk 21:35, Ac 1:8, He 11:13, Re 3:10, al.; opp. to οὐρανός, Mt 5:18 11:25, Mk 13:27, al. land; opp. to sea or water: Mk 4:1, Lk 5:3, Jo 6:21, al.; as subject to cultivation: Mt 13:5, Mk 4:8, Lk 13:7, He 6:7, al.; the ground: Mt 10:29, Mk 8:6, Lk 24:5, Jo 8:6, al.; a region, country: Lk 4:25, Ro 9:28, Ja 5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mt 2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Ac 7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jo 3:22; c. gen. pers., Ac 7:3.Scroll for more

voice/soundA sound, noise, voice, language, dialect.φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for קוֺל;] a voice; prop., of persons, Mt 2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Lk 17:13, Ac 2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν ( λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Lk 8:28, Ac 7:57, Re 5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22, Jo 12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810 a; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν ( -ῆς; v.s. ἀκούω ), Ac 9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 3:4, Jo 1:23 (LXX); τ. θεοῦ, Jo 5:37, He 3:7, al. By meton., of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Re 1:12; speech, language ( Ge 11:1, IV Mac 12:7, al.): I Co 14:10; of inanimate things: Mt 24:31, Jo 3:8, Ac 2:6, Re 1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxix).Scroll for more

HebrewThe Hebrew language, or rather: Aramaic.**† Ἑβραΐς (WH, Ἐβ- ), -ίδος (Aram. עִבְרַי ), peculiar form of Ἑβραϊκός, [in LXX, ἡ Ἑ. φωνή, IV Mac 12:7 16:15 *;] in NT, ἡ Ἑ. διάλεκτος, Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine: Ac 21:40 22:2 26:14.†Scroll for more

languageLanguage, speech, conversation, manner of speaking.διά-λεκτος, -ου, ἡ (< διαλέγομαι ), [in LXX: Da LXX 1:4 ( לָשׁוֹן ), Es 9:26 *;] conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.). As in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular country or district: Ac 1:19 2:6, 8 21:40 22:2 26:14.†Scroll for more

SaulSaul, (a) the first king of Israel, (b) the Hebrew name of the Apostle to the Gentiles.Σαούλ, ὁ indecl. (in FlJ, Σάουλος; Heb. שָׁאוּל ) Saul; the King of Israel: Ac 13:21; the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul, used in the indecl. form only in address (cf. Σαῦλος ): Ac 9:4, 17 22:7, 13 26:14.†Scroll for more

hardHard, violent, harsh, stern.σκληρός, -ά, -όν (< σκέλλω, to dry ), [in LXX chiefly for קָשָׁה;] hard to the touch, rough, harsh, (opp. to μαλακός ); metaph., in various uses; of men, hard, stern, severe: Mt 25:24; of things, hard, rough, violent: σκληρόν σοι ( ἐστι ), Ac 26:14; λόγος, Jo 6:60; ἄνεμος, Ja 3:4; σκληρὰ λαλεῖν, Ju 15.† SYN.: αὐστηρός, q.vScroll for more

stingA sting, goad; met: of death.κέντρον, -ου, τό (< κεντέω, to prick ), [in LXX: Pr 26:3 ( מֶתֶג ), Ho 13:14 ( קֹטֶב ), 5:12, Si 38:25, IV Mac 14:19 *;] a sting ( IV Mac 14:19 ): Re 9:10. Metaph. (as Ho 13:14 ): τ. θανάτου, I Co 15:55 (LXX), 56. a goad: pl., Ac 26:14.†Scroll for more

to kickI kick.* λακτίζω (< λάξ, with the foot ), to kick: Ac 26:14.†Scroll for more

← Back to Luke 10:2

← Back to Acts 9:17

← Back to Ephesians 3:3

Acts 26:15

15And I said Who art thou Lord And the Lord said I am Jesus whom thou persecutest

Related verses (3)

Exodus 16:8 | Matthew 25:40, 45 | John 15:20-21

And

said

Who

art thou

Lord

the

And

Lord

said

Jesus

whom

thou

persecutest

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ἐγὼeh-GOH

δὲdeh

εἶπαAY-pah

Τίςtees

εἶay

κύριεKOO-ree-eh

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

εἶπενAY-pen

Ἐγώeh-GOH

εἰμιay-mee

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

ὃνhohn

σὺsoo

διώκειςdee-OH-kays

The Pieces

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

εἶπαGreek verb

ΤίςGreek interrogative pronoun

εἶGreek verb

κύριεGreek noun, masculine

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

εἶπενGreek verb

ἘγώGreek pronoun

εἰμιGreek verb

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

σὺGreek pronoun

διώκειςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

you areεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

youYou.σύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

← Back to Proverbs 14:25

← Back to Isaiah 6:8

← Back to Ezekiel 2:1

← Back to Daniel 10:11

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:16

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:8

← Back to Galatians 1:1

← Back to Colossians 1:23

← Back to 1 Timothy 1:1

← Back to Revelation 1:2

Acts 26:16

16But arise and stand upon thy feet for to this end have I appeared unto thee to appoint thee a minister and a witness both of the things wherein thou hast seen me and of the things wherein I will appear unto thee

Related verses (26)

But

arise

and

stand

upon

The ASV does not translate this word.

feet

thy

to … end

this

for

have I appeared

unto thee

to appoint

thee

a minister

and

a witness

of the things wherein

both

thou hast seen

of the things wherein

and

I will appear

unto thee

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ἀνάστηθιah-NAH-stay-thee

καὶkai

στῆθιSTAY-thee

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοὺςtoos

πόδαςPOH-dahs

σουsoo

εἰςays

τοῦτοTOO-toh

γὰρgahr

ὤφθηνOH-fthayn

σοιsoy

προχειρίσασθαίproh-chay-REE-sah-sthai

σεseh

ὑπηρέτηνhoo-pay-REH-tayn

καὶkai

μάρτυραMAHR-too-rah

ὧνhohn

τεteh

εἶδέςAY-des

μεmeh

ὧνhohn

τεteh

ὀφθήσομαίoh-FTHAY-soh-mai

σοιsoy

The Pieces

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ἀνάστηθιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

στῆθιGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

πόδαςGreek noun, masculine

σουGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

γὰρGreek conjunction

ὤφθην

σοιGreek pronoun

προχειρίσασθαίGreek verb

σεGreek pronoun

ὑπηρέτηνGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

μάρτυραGreek noun, masculine

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

τεGreek conjunction

εἶδές

μεGreek pronoun

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

τεGreek conjunction

ὀφθήσομαί

σοιGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to ariseI raise up, set up; I rise from among (the) dead; I arise, appear.ἀν-ίστημι ( ἀνά, ἵστημι ), [in LXX chiefly for קוּם;] causal, in fut. and 1 aor. act., c. acc., to raise up: Ac 9:41; from death, Jo 6:39, Ac 2:32; to raise up, cause to be born or appear: Mt 22:24, Ac 3:22, 26. Intrans., in mid. and 2 aor act.; to rise: from lying, Mk 1:35; from sitting, Lk 4:16; to leave a place, Mt 9:9; pleonastically, as Heb. קוּם, before verbs of going, Mk 10:1, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23; M, Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 17:23, Mk 8:31; seq. ἐκ νεκρῶν, Mt 17:9, Mk 9:9; to arise, appear: Ac 5:36, Ro 15:12 (cf. ἐπ-, ἐξ- ἀνίστημι, and v. Cremer, 306, 738; MM, VGT, s.v.). SYN.: ἐγείρω.Scroll for more

footThe foot.πούς, ποδός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for רֶגֶל;] a foot, both of men and beasts: Mt 4:6 (LXX), Mk 9:45, Lk 1:79, Jo 11:44, Ac 7:5, al.; ὑπο τοὺς π., Ro 16:20, I Co 15:25, 27, Eph 1:22, He 2:8; ὑποκάτω τῶν π., Mt 22:44 (LXX); πρὸς ( παρὰ ) τοὺς π., Mk 5:22, Lk 8:41, al.; fig., Mt 15:30, Lk 10:39, Ac 5:2, al.; ἔμπροσθεν τῶν π., Re 3:9 19:10, al.; ἐπὶ τοὺς π., Ac 10:25. By meton., of a person in motion ( Ps 118 (119):101 ): Lk 1:79, Ac 5:9, Ro 3:15 10:15, He 12:13.Scroll for more

thatοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

to appointI appoint, choose, elect, take into hand.προ-χειρίζω (< πρόχειρος, at hand ), [in LXX: Ex 4:13 ( שׁלח ), Jos 3:12 ( לקח ), Da LXX 3:22, II Mac 3:7 8:9 14:12 A*;] to put into the hand, deliver up: pass., Ac 3:20. More freq. as depon., -ομαι, to take into one's hand; hence, metaph., to propose, determine, choose: c. inf., Ac 22:14; c. acc. pers., Ac 26:16.†Scroll for more

servantA servant, an attendant, (a) an officer, lictor, (b) an attendant in a synagogue, (c) a minister of the gospel.ὑπηρέτης, -ου, ὁ (< ὑπό + ἐρέτης, a rower ) [in LXX: Pr 14:35 ( עֶבֶד ), Wi 6:4, al.;] prop., an under rower; hence, generally, a servant, attendant, minister: of a magistrate's attendant, Mt 5:25; of officers of the Synagogue or Sanhedrin, Mt 26:58, Mk 14:54, 65, Lk 4:20, Jo 7:32, 45, 46 18:3, 12, 22 19:6, Ac 5:22, 26; of the attendants of kings, οἱ ὑ. οἱ ἑμοί Jo 18:36; of Christian ministers, Ac 13:5 26:16; ὑπηρέται λόγου, Lk 1:2; Χριστοῦ, I Co 4:1; δοῦλοι κ. ὑ., Jo 18:18.† SYN.: v.s. διάκονοςScroll for more

witnessA witness; an eye- or ear-witness.μάρτυς (Æolic μάρτυρ ), -υρος, ὁ (also ἡ ), [in LXX for עֵד;] a witness: Ac 10:41, I Ti 6:12, II Ti 2:2, He 12:1 (Westc., in l.); in forensic sense, Mt 18:16 26:65, Mk 14:63, Ac 6:13 7:58, II Co 13:1, I Ti 5:19, He 10:28; c. gen. obj., Lk 24:48, Ac 1:22 2:32 3:15 5:32 10:39 26:16, I Pe 5:1; c. gen. poss., Ac 1:8 13:31, Re 11:3; c. dat. pers., Lk 11:48, Ac 22:15; of Christ, Re 1:5 3:14; of God, Ro 1:9, II Co 1:23, Phl 1:8, I Th 2:5, 10; of those who have witnessed for Christ by their death (in later Xn. lit., martyr: Swete, Ap., 35), Ac 22:20, Re 2:13 17:6.†Scroll for more

← Back to Song of Solomon 8:8

← Back to Isaiah 11:10

← Back to Isaiah 19:22

← Back to Isaiah 42:1

← Back to Jeremiah 1:8

← Back to Ezekiel 3:5

← Back to Zechariah 9:11

← Back to Matthew 12:18

← Back to Romans 1:14

← Back to Romans 3:29

← Back to Romans 10:14

← Back to Romans 11:13

← Back to Romans 15:16

← Back to Romans 16:26

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:17

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:20

← Back to Galatians 1:16

← Back to Galatians 2:8

← Back to Ephesians 3:2

← Back to Ephesians 4:18

← Back to Colossians 3:11

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 1:9

← Back to 1 Timothy 2:7

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:11

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:17

Acts 26:17

17delivering thee from the people and from the Gentiles unto whom I send thee

Related verses (29)

delivering

thee

from

the

people

and

from

the

Gentiles

unto

whom

send

thee

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

ἐξαιρούμενόςeh-ksai-ROO-meh-nohs

σεseh

ἐκek

τοῦtoo

λαοῦlah-OO

καὶkai

ἐκek

τῶνtohn

ἐθνῶνeh-THNOHN

εἰςays

οὓςhoos

ἐγὼeh-GOH

ἀποστέλλωah-poh-STEH-loh

σεseh

The Pieces

ἐξαιρούμενόςGreek verb

σεGreek pronoun

ἐκGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

λαοῦGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐκGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

ἐθνῶνGreek noun, neuter

εἰςGreek preposition

οὓςGreek relative pronoun

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

ἀποστέλλωGreek verb

σεGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to take out/selectI take out, remove; sometimes (mid): I choose, sometimes: I rescue.ἐξ-αιρέω -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for נָצַל hi.;] to take out: c. acc, ὀφθαλμόν, Mt 5:29 18:9; mid. to take out for oneself, choose: Ac 26:17 (Thayer, s.v.; Page, Ac., l.c., but v. infr.); to deliver: Ac 7:10, 34 (LXX) 12:11 23:27 26:17 (EV, but v. supr.), Ga 1:4.†Scroll for more

a people(a) a people, characteristically of God's chosen people, first the Jews, then the Christians, (b) sometimes, but rarely, the people, the crowd.λαός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. for עַם, Ge 14:16, al.; occasionally for לְאֹם ( Ge 25:23, al.), etc.;] a word rarely found in Att. prose; the people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled: Mt 27:25, Lk 1:21 3:15 al.; pl. (Hom., al., π.; v. MM, xvi), Ac 4:27. a people, those of the same race and language (Pind., Æsch., al.: in LXX, Ge 26:11, Ex 9:16, al.): joined with γλῶσσα, φυλή, ἔθνος, Re 5:9 7:9 11:9, al.; pl., Lk 2:31, Ro 15:11; esp. as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 4:23, Mk 7:6, Lk 2:10, Jo 11:50, He 2:17, al.; opp. to τ. ἔθνη, Ac 26:17, 23, Ro 15:10; οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ( πρῶτοι, etc.) τοῦ λ., Mt 21:23, Lk 19:17, Ac 4:8, al.; ὁ λ. μου ( αὐτοῦ, τ. θεοῦ ), Mt 2:6, Lk 1:68, He 11:25, al.; of the people disting. from the rulers and priests ( I Es 1:10, Jth 8:9, al.), Mt 26:5, Lk 20:19, He 5:3, al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Ac 15:14, Ro 9:25, 26, He 4:9; περιούσιος, Tit 2:14; εἰς περιποίησιν, I Pe 2:9 (LXX). SYN.: v.s. δῆμος.Scroll for more

to sendI send forth, send (as a messenger, commission, etc.), send away, dismiss.ἀπο-στέλλω, [in LXX very freq., almost always for שׁלח;] prop., to send away, to dispatch on service; to send with a commission, or on service; of persons: Christ, Mt 10:40; the apostles, 10:16; servants, Mk 12:2; angels, 13:27; of things: ὄνος, Mt 21:3; τὸ δρέπανον, Mk 4:29; τ. λόγον, Ac 10:36; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24:49, Rec.; seq. εἰς, Mt 20:2, Lk 11:49, Jo 3:17; ὀπίσω, Lk 19:14; ἔμπροσθεν, Jo 3:28; πρὸ προσώπου, Mt 11:10; πρός, Mt 21:34; with ref. to sender or place of departure: ἀπό, Lk 1:26 (Rec. ὑπό ); παρά, Jo 1:6; ἐκ, Jo 1:19; ὑπό, Ac 10:17 (Rec. ἀπό ); seq. inf., Mk 3:14, al.; ἵνα, Mk 12:2, al.; εἰς (of purpose), He 1:14; without direct obj.: seq. πρός, Jo 5:33; λέγων, Jo 11:3; ἀποστείλας, c. indic., Mt 2:16, Ac 7:14, Re 1:1. to send away, dismiss: Lk 4:18, Mk 5:10 8:26 12:3 (cf. ἐξ-, συν-αποστέλλω ). SYN.: πέμπω, the general term. ἀ. "suggests official or authoritative sending" (v. Thayer, s.v. πέμπω; Westc., Jo., 298; Epp. Jo., 125; Cremer, 529; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 3:5

← Back to Exodus 25:37

← Back to Leviticus 24:2

← Back to Numbers 22:31

← Back to Numbers 34:2

← Back to Joshua 18:10

← Back to 2 Kings 5:17

← Back to 2 Kings 6:17

← Back to Job 33:30

← Back to Psalms 22:27

← Back to Psalms 51:13

← Back to Psalms 119:18

← Back to Psalms 119:111

← Back to Psalms 119:130

← Back to Psalms 146:8

← Back to Psalms 147:20

← Back to Proverbs 8:5

← Back to Proverbs 20:12

← Back to Isaiah 29:18

← Back to Isaiah 32:3

← Back to Isaiah 35:5

← Back to Isaiah 35:7

← Back to Isaiah 42:7

← Back to Isaiah 49:6

← Back to Isaiah 49:9

← Back to Isaiah 53:12

← Back to Isaiah 60:2

← Back to Isaiah 61:1

← Back to Jeremiah 23:22

← Back to Jeremiah 36:3

← Back to Ezekiel 18:21

← Back to Hosea 14:1

← Back to Micah 7:8

← Back to Malachi 2:6

← Back to Malachi 4:2

← Back to Matthew 9:13

← Back to Matthew 12:22

← Back to Matthew 13:16

← Back to Matthew 20:34

← Back to Romans 1:21

← Back to Romans 2:19

← Back to Romans 8:17

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:30

← Back to 1 Corinthians 5:5

← Back to 1 Corinthians 6:11

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:14

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:4

← Back to Ephesians 1:11

← Back to Ephesians 1:18

← Back to Ephesians 1:19

← Back to Ephesians 2:13

← Back to Ephesians 5:8

← Back to Ephesians 5:26

← Back to Ephesians 6:12

← Back to Colossians 1:6

← Back to Colossians 1:12

← Back to Colossians 1:13

← Back to Colossians 1:14

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 4:3

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 5:5

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 5:23

← Back to 2 Timothy 2:26

← Back to Hebrews 10:32

← Back to 1 Peter 1:4

← Back to 1 John 2:8

← Back to Jude 1:20

← Back to Revelation 12:9

Acts 26:18

18to open their eyes that they may turn from darkness to light and from the power of Satan unto God that they may receive remission of sins and an inheritance among them that are sanctified by faith in me

Related verses (81)

to open

eyes

their

The ASV does not translate this word.

that they may turn

from

darkness

light

and

from the

power

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Satan

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

The ASV does not translate this word.

that … may receive

they

remission

of sins

and

an inheritance

among

them

that are sanctified

by faith

The ASV does not translate this word.

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

ἀνοῖξαιah-NOY-ksai

ὀφθαλμοὺςoh-fthahl-MOOS

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

τοῦtoo

ἐπιστρέψαιeh-pee-STREH-psai

ἀπὸah-POH

σκότουςSKOH-toos

εἰςays

φῶςfohs

καὶkai

τῆςtays

ἐξουσίαςeh-ksoo-SEE-ahs

τοῦtoo

Σατανᾶsah-tah-NAH

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὸνtohn

θεόνtheh-OHN

τοῦtoo

λαβεῖνlah-BAYN

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

ἄφεσινAH-feh-seen

ἁμαρτιῶνhah-mahr-tee-OHN

καὶkai

κλῆρονKLAY-rohn

ἐνen

τοῖςtoys

ἡγιασμένοιςhay-gee-ah-SMEH-noys

πίστειPEE-stay

τῇtay

εἰςays

ἐμέeh-MEH

The Pieces

ἀνοῖξαιGreek verb

ὀφθαλμοὺςGreek noun, masculine

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

τοῦGreek article

ἐπιστρέψαιGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

σκότους

εἰςGreek preposition

φῶςGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

τῆςGreek article

ἐξουσίαςGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

Σατανᾶname of a title or other name

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

θεόν

τοῦGreek article

λαβεῖνGreek verb

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

ἄφεσινGreek noun, feminine

ἁμαρτιῶνGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

κλῆρονGreek noun, masculine

ἐνGreek preposition

τοῖςGreek article

ἡγιασμένοιςGreek verb

πίστειGreek noun, feminine

τῇGreek article

εἰςGreek preposition

ἐμέGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to openI open.ἀν-οίγω ( ἀνά, οἴγω = οἴγνυμι ), [in LXX chiefly for פָּתַח;] to open; trans., c. acc.; a door or gate, Ac 5:19 12:14, Re 4:1; pass., Ac 12:10 16:26, 27; metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 14:27, Col 4:3, Re 3:20; pass., I Co 16:9, II Co 2:12, Re 3:8; absol. (sc. θύραν ), Ac 5:23 12:16; c. dat. pers., Lk 12:36, Jo 10:3; metaph., Mt 7:7, 8 25:11, Lk 11:9, 10 13:25, Re 3:7; θησαυρούς ( Si 43:14 ), Mt 2:11; τ. μνημεῖα, Mt 27:52; τάφος, Ro 3:13; τ. φρέαρ, Re 9:2; of heaven, Mt 3:16, Lk 3:21, Ac 10:11, Re 11:19 15:5 19:11; σφραγῖδα, Re 5:9 6:1 ff. 8:1; βιβλίον, βιβλαρίδιον, Lk 4:17, Re 5:2-5 10:2, 8 20:12; τ. στόμα, Mt 17:27; id. Hebraistically ( Nu 22:28, Jb 3:1, Is 50:5, al.), of beginning to speak, Mt 5:2, Ac 8:32, 35 10:34 18:14; seq. εἰς βλαιφημίας, Re 13:6; ἐν παραβολαῖς ( Ps 77 (78):2 ), Mt 13:35; of recovering speech, Lk 1:64; of the earth opening, Re 12:16; τ. ὀφθαλμούς, Ac 9:8, 40; id. c. gen. pers., of restoring sight, Mt 9:30 20:33, Jo 9:10 ff. 10:21 11:37; metaph., Ac 26:18; ἀκοάς, c. gen. pers., of restoring hearing, Mk 7:35. Intrans. in 2 pf., ἀνέῳγα (M, Pr., 154); heaven, Jo 1:51; τ. στόμα, seq. πρός, of speaking freely, II Co 6:11 (cf. δι-ανοίγω and v. MM, VGT, 45).†Scroll for more

eyeThe eye; fig: the mind's eye.ὀφθαλμός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for עַיִן;] the eye (as in cl., chiefly pl.): Mt 5:38, Mk 9:47, Lk 6:41, Jo 9:6, al.; τοὺς ὀ. ἐξορύθσσειν (fig.), Ga 4:15; ἐπᾶραι, Lk 6:20, Jo 6:5; ἀνοῖξα, Ac 9:40; id., of restoring sight, Mt 20:33, Jo 9:10, al.; ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, I Co 15:52; by anthropom., of God, He 4:13, I Pe 3:12; pleonastically (cf. Thackeray, Gr., 42 f.), εἶδον οἱ ὀ. μου, Lk 2:30 (similarly, Lk 4:20 10:23, Jo 12:40, I Co 2:9, I Jo 1:1, Re 1:7 ). Metaph. (as otherwise in cl.; v. LS, s.v.); of ethical qualities: ὀ. πονηρός (meton., for envy; cf. Heb. עַיִן רַע, Pr 28:22; cf. Si 14:10 34:13 ), Mt 6:22, 23, Mk 7:22, Lk 11:34; ἁπλοῦς, Mt 6:22, Lk 11:34; ἐπιθυμία (q.v.) ὀφθαλμῶν (cf. Ec 4:8, Si 14:9 ), I Jo 2:16; ὀ. μεστοὶ μοιχαλἰδος, II Pe 2:14; of mental vision: Mt 13:15, Mk 8:18, Lk 19:42, Jo 12:40, Ro 11:8, Ga 3:1, Eph 1:18, al.; ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς seq. gen. (on the absence of the art., v.Bl., § 46, 9 n; M, Pr., 81), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11.Scroll for more

to turn(a) trans: I turn (back) to (towards), (b) intrans: I turn (back) (to [towards]); I come to myself.ἐπι-στρέφω [very freq. in LXX, chiefly for שׁוּב, in its various senses, also for פָּנָה, etc.;] trans., to turn about, round or towards, hence metaph., to turn, cause to return (to God, virtue, etc.): Lk 1:16, 17 (cf. Ma 3:24 ), Ja 5:19, 20. Intrans., to turn, turn oneself around: Ac 16:18; c. inf., Re 1:12; seq. πρός, Ac 9:40; so also pass. (cl.), Mk 5:30 8:33, Jo 21:20; metaph., of turning to God (v. Field, Notes, 246 ff.), ἐπὶ τ. κύριον ( θεόν ), Ac 9:35 11:21 14:15 15:19 26:20; πρὸς τ. θεόν, I Th 1:9, II Co 3:16; ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, Ac 26:18; pass., I Pe 2:25; to return (as in MGr.): Lk 8:55, Ac 15:36; seq. ὀπίσω, c. inf., Mt 24:18; seq. εἰς, Mt 12:44, Mk 13:16, Lk 2:39 17:31; ἐπί, II Pe 2:22; metaph., seq. ἐπί, Ga 4:9; πρός, Lk 17:4; of moral reform, Mt 13:15, Mk 4:12, Lk 22:32, Ac 3:19 28:27; pass., Mt 10:13 (Cremer, 531, 881).†Scroll for more

darknessDarkness, either physical or moral.σκότος, -ου, ὁ the more usual cl. form (cf. σ., τό ), darkness: He 12:18, Rec.†Scroll for more

SatanAn adversary, Satan.Σατανᾶς, -ᾶ (so also Sir 21:30, but in III Ki 11:14, σατάν indecl.; Heb. שָׂטָן; Aram. סָטָנָא, whence the inflected Gk. form), ό, Satan (i.e. the adversary, as in LXX, ll. c.): Mt 4:10 12:26, Mk 1:13 3:23, 26 4:15, Lk 10:18 11:18 13:16 22:3, 31, Jo 13:27, Ac 5:3 26:18, Ro 16:20, I Co 5:5 7:5, II Co 2:11 11:14, I Th 2:18, II Th 2:9, I Ti 1:20 5:15, Re 2:9, 13, 24 3:9 12:9 20:2, 7; addressed in person of Peter, Mt 16:23 Mk 8:33; ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ, II Co 12:7.†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

forgivenessA sending away, a letting go, a release, pardon, complete forgiveness.ἄφεσις, -εως, ἡ (< ἀφίημι ), [in LXX for יוֹבֵל, דְּרוֹר, etc. (v. Deiss., BS, 98 ff.; MM, s.v.);] dismissal, release: Lk 4:18. Metaph., of sins (never in LXX), pardon, remission of penalty: ἁμαρτιῶν, Mt 26:28, Mk 1:4, Lk 1:77 3:3 24:47, Ac 2:38 5:31 10:43 13:38 26:18, Col 1:14; παραπτωμάτων, Eph 1:7; absol., Mk 3:29, He 9:22 10:18 (cf. DB, ii, 56; DCG, i, 437, ii, 605; Cremer, 297 f.).† SYN.: πάρεσις, q.v. (and cf. Tr., § xxxiii).Scroll for more

sinProp: missing the mark; hence: (a) guilt, sin, (b) a fault, failure (in an ethical sense), sinful deed.ἁμαρτία, -ας, ἡ (< ἁμαρτάνω, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for חַטָּאת and cogn. forms, also for פֶּשַׁע,עָוֹן, etc.;] prop. a missing the mark; in cl. (v. reff. to CR in MM, VGT, s.v.); guilt, sin (Plat., Arist., al.); more freq., from Æsch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as LXX) always in ethical sense; as a principle and quality of action, = τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, a sinning, sin: Ro 5:12, 13 20; ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι, Ro 3:9; ἐπιμένειν, Ro 6:1; ἀποθνήσκειν, νεκρὸν εἶναι τῇ ἁ., Ro 6:2, 11; τὴν ἀ. γινώσκειν, Ro 7:7; σῶμα τῆς ἁ., Ro 6:6; ἀπάτη τῆς ἁ., He 3:13; personified as a ruling principle, ἁ. βασιλεύει, κυριεύει, etc., Ro 5:21 6:12, 14 7:17, 20; δουλεύειν, Ro 6:6; δοῦλος τῆς ἁ., ib. 17; νόμος τῆς ἁ., Ro 7:23 8:2; δύναμις τῆς ἁ., I Co 15:56 (cf. Ge 4:7 ). As a generic term (disting. fr. the specific terms ἁμάρτημα, q.v., etc.) for concrete wrongdoing, violation of the divine law, sin: Jo 8:46, Ja 1:15, al.; ποιεῖν (τὴν) ἁ., Jo 8:34, II Co 11:7, I Jo 3:8; εἴχειν ἁ., Jo 9:41 15:22, 24 19:11, I Jo 1:8; in pl. ἁμαρτίαι, sin in the aggregate, I Th 2:16 (v. Milligan, in l.); ποιεῖν ἁμαρτίας, Ja 5:15; πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν, Ja 5:20, I Pe 4:8; ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν, Mt 26:28, Mk 1:4, al.; ἐν ἁμαρτίαις εἶναι, I Co 15:17; collectively, αἴρειν τὴν ἁ. τ. κόσμου, Jo 1:29; ἀποθνήσκειν ἐν τῇ ἁ., Jo 8:21. = ἁμάρτημα, a sinful deed, a sin: Mt 12:31, Ac 7:60, I Jo 5:16. SYN.: v.s. ἁμάρτημα.Scroll for more

lot(a) a lot, (b) a portion assigned; hence: a portion of the people of God assigned to one's care, a congregation.κλῆρος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for נַחֲלָה, גּוֹרָל;] a lot; that which is cast or drawn: Mt 27:35, Mk 15:24, Lk 23:34, Jo 19:24 (LXX), Ac 1:26; that which is obtained by casting: Ac 1:17 8:21; of a part in the Kingdom of God (cf. Wi 5:5 ), Ac 26:18, Col 1:12; pl. of the "cure" of a presbyter, I Pe 5:3 (v. ICC, in l.).†Scroll for more

to sanctifyI make holy, treat as holy, set apart as holy, sanctify, hallow, purify.ἁγιάζω, Hellenistic form of ἁγίζω (< ἅγιος ), to make holy, consecrate, sanctify; [in LXX chiefly for קדשׁ pi., hi.;] to dedicate, separate, set apart for God; of things: Mt 23:17, 19, II Ti 2:21; of persons: Christ, Jo 10:36, 17:19. to purify, make conformable in character to such dedication: forensically, to free from guilt, I Co 6:11, Eph 5:26, He 2:11, 10:10, 14, 29, 13:12; internally, by actual sanctification of life, Jo 17:17, 19, Ac 20:32, 26:18, Ro 15:16, I Co 1:2, 7:14, I Th 5:23, Re 22:11; of a nonbeliever influenced by marriage with a Christian, I Co 7:14. In the intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification: of things, II Ti 2:21; of persons, He 9:13. to treat as holy: Mt 6:9, Lk 11:2, I Pe 3:16 (Cremer, 53, 602; MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

faithFaith, belief, trust, confidence; fidelity, faithfulness.πίστις, -εως, ἡ (< πείθω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמוּנָה;] in active sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in God or Christ or spiritual things: Mt 8:10, Lk 5:20, Ac 14:9, Ro 1:8, I Co 2:5, II Co 1:24, I Ti 1:5, al.; c. gen. obj., Mk 11:22, Ac 3:16, Ro 3:22, Ga 2:16, Eph 3:12, Ja 2:1, al.; c. prep., ἐν, Ro 3:25, Ga 3:26, Eph 1:15, Col 1:24, I Ti 1:14 3:13, II Ti 1:13 3:15, II Pe 1:1; εἰς, Ac 20:21 24:24 26:18, Col 2:5, I Pe 1:21; πρός, I Th 1:8, Phm 5; ἐπί, c. acc., He 6:1; ἐν τῇ π. στήκειν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Co 16:13, I Co 13:5, I Ti 2:15; ὑπακοὴ τῆς π., Ro 1:5 16:26; ὁ ἐκ π., Ro 3:26 4:16, Ga 3:12; διὰ ( τῆς ) π., Ro 3:30, Ga 2:16, Phl 3:9. By meton., objectively, that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Ac 6:7 14:22, Ga 1:23 3:23 6:10, Phl 1:25, 27, Ju 3, 20, and perh. also Ac 13:8 16:5, Ro 1:5 and 16:26 (v. supr.), I Co 16:13, Col 1:23, II Th 3:2 (Lft., Notes, 125), I Ti 1:19 3:9 4:1, 6 5:8 6:10, 12, II Ti 3:8 4:7, Tit 1:4, 13 3:15, I Pe 5:9. In passive sense, fidelity, faithfulness: Mt 23:23, Ga 5:22; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 3:3; objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: I Ti 5:12. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. ICC on Ro 1:17, pp. 31 ff.; Lft., Ga., 154 ff.; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 515 ff.; DB, i, 830 ff.; Cremer, s.v.)Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 9:5

← Back to Isaiah 1:1

← Back to Jeremiah 13:5

← Back to Jeremiah 18:3

← Back to Ezekiel 3:2

← Back to Ezekiel 12:7

← Back to Jonah 1:3

← Back to Matthew 24:31

← Back to Acts 10:8

← Back to Acts 12:9

← Back to Galatians 1:16

← Back to Titus 3:3

← Back to Hebrews 4:11

← Back to James 4:7

← Back to 1 Peter 2:7

Acts 26:19

19Wherefore O king Agrippa I was not disobedient unto the heavenly vision

Related verses (8)

Wherefore

O king

Agrippa

not

I was

disobedient

unto the

heavenly

vision

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

ὍθενHOH-then

βασιλεῦbah-see-LYOO

Ἀγρίππαah-GREE-pah

οὐκook

ἐγενόμηνeh-geh-NOH-mayn

ἀπειθὴςah-pay-THAYS

τῇtay

οὐρανίῳoo-rah-NEE-oh

ὀπτασίᾳoh-ptah-SEE-ah

The Pieces

ὍθενGreek conjunction

βασιλεῦGreek noun, masculine

Ἀγρίππαname of a person

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἐγενόμηνGreek verb

ἀπειθὴςGreek adjective

τῇGreek article

οὐρανίῳGreek adjective

ὀπτασίᾳGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

whence(a) whence, from which place, (b) wherefore.ὅθεν adv., whence; of direction or source: Mt 12:44, Lk 11:24, Ac 14:26 28:13; = ἐκεῖθεν ὅπου, Mt 25:24, 26 (cf. Thuc., i, 89, 3); ὅ. γινώσκομεν, I Jn 2:18; of cause, whence, wherefore: Mt 14:7, Ac 26:19, He 2:17 3:1 7:25 8:3 9:18 11:19.†Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

disobedientUnbelieving, disobedient, who will not be persuaded.ἀπειθής, -ές (< πείθομαι ), [in LXX for מרה, מְרִי, סרר;] disobedient: absol., Lk 1:17, Tit 1:16 3:3; c. dat., Ac 26:19, Ro 1:30, II Ti 3:2.†Scroll for more

heavenlyIn heaven, belonging to heaven, heavenly, from heaven.οὐράνιος, -ον (cl. usually -α, -ον ), [in LXX: De 28:12 A ( שָׁמַיִם ), etc.;] of or in heaven, heavenly: Mt 5:48 6:14, 26, 32 15:13 18:35 23:9, Lk 2:13, Ac 26:19.†Scroll for more

visionA vision, supernatural appearance.† ὀπτασία, -ας, ἡ (< ὀπτάζομαι, Nu 14:14 * = ὀπτάνομαι ), later form of ὄψις, [in LXX: Ma 3:2 ( ראה ni.), Da TH 9:23 10:1, 7, 8, 16 ( מַרְאֶה, מַרְאָה; LXX, ὅραμα, -σις ), Es 4:7, Si 43:2, 16 *;] an appearing, coming into view ( Ma 3:2, Es 4:7, Si 43:2, 16 ). a vision: Lk 1:22 24:23, Ac 26:19, II Co 12:1 ( Da 9:23 10:1, 7, 8, 16, also in MGr.).†Scroll for more

← Back to Leviticus 5:16

← Back to Deuteronomy 4:30

← Back to Deuteronomy 30:10

← Back to Job 22:23

← Back to Proverbs 1:23

← Back to Proverbs 28:13

← Back to Isaiah 10:21

← Back to Isaiah 31:6

← Back to Isaiah 55:7

← Back to Isaiah 59:20

← Back to Jeremiah 18:11

← Back to Jeremiah 25:5

← Back to Jeremiah 35:15

← Back to Jeremiah 36:3

← Back to Lamentations 3:40

← Back to Ezekiel 14:6

← Back to Ezekiel 18:27

← Back to Ezekiel 18:30

← Back to Ezekiel 33:11

← Back to Daniel 4:27

← Back to Hosea 12:6

← Back to Joel 2:12

← Back to Jonah 3:8

← Back to Zechariah 1:4

← Back to Matthew 3:2

← Back to Matthew 3:8

← Back to Matthew 4:17

← Back to Matthew 10:6

← Back to Matthew 12:50

← Back to Matthew 21:29

← Back to Romans 10:18

← Back to Romans 15:18

← Back to Hebrews 6:1

Acts 26:20

20but declared both to them of Damascus first and at Jerusalem and throughout all the country of Judaea and also to the Gentiles that they should repent and turn to God doing works worthy of repentance

Related verses (52)

but

to them

Damascus

first

both

and

at Jerusalem

all

and

the

throughout … country

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Judaea

and also

to the

Gentiles

declared

that they should repent

and

turn

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

worthy

The ASV does not translate this word.

of repentance

works

doing

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

ἀλλὰah-LAH

τοῖςtoys

ἐνen

Δαμασκῷdah-mah-SKOH

πρῶτόνPROH-tohn

τεteh

καὶkai

Ἱεροσολύμοιςhee-eh-roh-soh-LOO-moys

πᾶσάνPAH-sahn

τεteh

τὴνtayn

χώρανCHOH-rahn

τῆςtays

Ἰουδαίαςee-oo-DAI-ahs

καὶkai

τοῖςtoys

ἔθνεσινEH-thneh-seen

ἀπήγγελλονah-PAYN-geh-lohn

μετανοεῖνmeh-tah-noh-AYN

καὶkai

ἐπιστρέφεινeh-pee-STREH-fayn

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὸνtohn

θεόνtheh-OHN

ἄξιαAH-ksee-ah

τῆςtays

μετανοίαςmeh-tah-NOY-ahs

ἔργαEHR-gah

πράσσονταςPRAH-sohn-tahs

The Pieces

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ἐνGreek preposition

Δαμασκῷname of a place

πρῶτόνGreek adverb

τεGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἱεροσολύμοιςname of a place

πᾶσάνGreek adjective

τεGreek conjunction

τὴνGreek article

χώρανGreek noun, feminine

τῆςGreek article

Ἰουδαίαςname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ἔθνεσινGreek noun, neuter

ἀπήγγελλονGreek verb

μετανοεῖνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπιστρέφεινGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

θεόν

ἄξιαGreek adjective

τῆςGreek article

μετανοίαςGreek noun, feminine

ἔργαGreek noun, neuter

πράσσονταςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

DamascusDamascus.Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ (Heb. דַּמֶּשֶׂק ), Damascus: Ac 9:2 ff. 22:5 ff. 26:12, 20, II Co 11:32, Ga 1:17.†Scroll for more

firstFirst, in the first place, before, formerly.

country(a) a country or region, (b) the land, as opposed to the sea, (c) the country, distinct from town, (d) plur: fields.χώρα, -ας, ἡ [in LXX for אֶרֶץ, מְדִינָה, etc.;] most freq. in cl., a space, place. land, i.e. a land, country, region: Mt 12:2, Mk 5:10 6:55, Lk 2:8 15:13-15 19:12, Jo 11:54, Ac 13:49 27:27; χ. Γαλατική, Ac 16:6 18:23; Τραχωνίτιδος, Lk 3:1; τ. Ἰουδαίας, Ac 26:20; τ. Ἰουδαίων, Ac 10:39; pl., τῆς Ἰουδαίας κ. Σαμαρείας, Ac 8:1; Γεργεσηνῶν ( Γερασηνῶν, Γαδαρηνῶν ) Mt 8:28, Mk 5:1, Lk 8:26; ἐν χ. καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, Mt 4:16; land, property: Lk 12:16; the country, opp. to the town; so in pl., Lk 21:21, Jo 4:35, Ja 5:4.† SYN.: ἄγρος, τόπος (cf. DCG, i, 591 a; LS, s.v. χώρα, ad init.).Scroll for more

JudeaJudea, a Roman province, capital Jerusalem.Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ, v.s. Ἰουδαῖος.Scroll for more

to announceI report (from one place to another), bring a report, announce, declare.ἀπ-αγγέλλω, [in LXX chiefly for נגד hi.;] of a messenger, speaker, or writer, to report, announce, declare: c. acc. rei, Ac 4:23, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 2:8, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 18:37; πῶς, Lk 8:36; περί, Lk 7:18 13:1, Ac 28:21, I Th 1:9; λέγων, Ac 22:26; c. acc. et inf., Ac 12:14; seq. εἰς, Mk 5:14, Lk 8:34 (MM, VGT, s.v.; Cremer, 25).Scroll for more

to repentI repent, change my mind, change the inner man (particularly with reference to acceptance of the will of God), repent.μετα-νοέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for נחם ni., I Ki 15:29, Je 4:28, al.;] to change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent; in NT (exc. Lk 17:3, 4 ), of repentance from sin, involving amendment: seq. ἀπό, Ac 8:22; ἔκ, Re 2:21, 22 9:20, 21 16:11 ( מִן שׁוּב ); ἐπί, II Co 12:21; absol., Mt 3:2 4:17 11:20 12:41, Mk 1:15 6:12, Lk 11:32 13:3, 5 15:7, 10 16:30 17:3, 4, Ac 2:38 3:19 17:30 26:20 Re 2:5, 16, 21 3:3, 19; c. inf., Re 16:9; ἐν σάκκῳ κ. σποδῷ, Mt 11:21, Lk 10:13.† SYN.: μεταμέλομαι, q.v.Scroll for more

worthyWorthy, worthy of, deserving, comparable, suitable.ἄξιος, -α, -ον (< ἄγω, in sense, to weigh ), [in LXX for בֵּן ( De 25:2 ), מָלֵא, שָׁוָה; freq. in Wis, II Mac;] of weight, worth (often c. gen., cf. Pr 3:15 8:11 ), seq. πρός: Ro 8:18 (v. Field, Notes, 157); befitting, meet: c. gen., Mt 3:8, Lk 3:8 23:41, Ac 26:20, I Co 16:4 (v. M, Pr., 216); absol., II Th 1:3; of persons, worthy; in good sense: c. gen. rei, Mt 10:10, Lk 7:4 10:7, Ac 13:46, I Ti 1:15 4:9 5:18 6:1; c. aor. inf. (v. M, Pr., 203): Lk 15:19, 21, Ac 13:25, Re 4:11 5:2, 4, 9, 12; seq. ἵνα: Jo 1:27; ὅς, Lk 7:4; absol., but of what understood: Mt 10:11, 13 22:8, Re 3:4; c. gen. pers., Mt 10:37, 38, He 11:38; in bad sense; c. gen. rei, Lk 12:48 23:15, Ac 23:29 25:11, 25 26:31, Ro 1:32; absol., Re 16:6 (MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

repentanceRepentance, a change of mind, change in the inner man.μετάνοια, -οίας, ἡ (< μετανοέω ), [in LXX: Pr 14:15, Wi 11:23 12:10, 19, Si 44:16 *;] after-thought, change of mind, repentance: He 12:17; of repentance from sin, Mt 3:8, 11, Lk 3:8 15:7 24:47, Ac 26:20, II Co 7:9, 10; βάπτισμα (q.v.) μετανοίας, Mk 1:4, Lk 3:3, Ac 13:24 19:4; ἡ εἰς θεὸν μ., Ac 20:21; μ. ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, He 6:1; εἰς μ. καλεῖν, Lk 5:32; id. ἄγειν, Ro 2:4; ἀνακαινίζειν, He 6:6; εἰς μ. χωρῆσαι, II Pe 3:9; μ. δοῦναι, Ac 5:31 11:18, II Ti 2:25.†Scroll for more

workWork, task, employment; a deed, action; that which is wrought or made, a work.ἔργον, -ου, τό (originally Ϝέργον, work ), [very freq. in LXX, chiefly for מַעֲשֶׂה, מְלָאכָה, also for עֲבֹדָה, פֹּעַל, etc.;] work, task, employment: Mk 13:34, Jo 4:34 17:4, Ac 13:2, Phl 1:22 2:30, I Th 5:13, al.; of an enterprise or undertaking ( De 15:10, Wi 2:12 ), Ac 5:38. a deed, action: Tit 1:16, Ja 1:25. disting. from λόγος, Lk 24:19, Ro 15:18, II Th 2:17, I Jo 3:18; ἐν λόγοις κ. ἔ., Ac 7:22; of acts of God, Jo 9:3, Ac 13:41 (LXX), He 4:10, Re 15:3; of Christ, Mt 11:2; esp. in Jo, e.g. 5:20, 36 7:3 10:38 14:11, 12 15:24; in ethical sense, of human actions (AR, Eph., 190), bad or good, Mt 23:3, Lk 11:48, Jo 3:20, 21 Ja 2:14 ff. 3:13, Re 2:5 3:8; τὸ ἔ., collectively, Ga 6:4, Ja 1:4, I Pe 1:17, Re 22:12; τὸ ἔ. τ. νόμου, Ro 2:15; ἔ. ἀγαθόν, Ro 2:7, Col 1:10, II Th 2:17, Tit 1:16, al.; καλόν, Mt 26:10, Mk 14:6; pl. (as freq. in cl.), Mt 5:16, I Ti 5:10, 25, He 10:24; ἔ. πίστεως, I Th 1:3, II Th 1:11; ἔ. πονηρά, Col 1:21, II Jo 11; νέκρα, He 6:1 9:14; ἄκαρπα, Eph 5:11; ἔ. ἀσεβείας, Ju 15; τ. σκότους, Ro 13:12, Eph 5:11; ἔ. νόμου, Ro 3:20, 28 Ga 2:16 3:2, 5, 10. that which is wrought or made, a work: I Co 3:13-15; τ. χειρῶν, Ac 7:41; of the works of God, He 1:10; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔ., II Pe 3:10; τὸ ἔ. τ. θεοῦ, Ro 14:20.Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 2:14

← Back to Acts 21:27

← Back to Acts 21:30

← Back to Acts 24:18

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:10

Acts 26:21

21For this cause the Jews seized me in the temple and assayed to kill me

Related verses (4)

Acts 21:30-31 | Acts 22:22 | Acts 23:12-15 | Acts 25:3

For … cause

this

the Jews

seized

the

temple

and assayed

to kill me

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

ἕνεκαHEH-neh-kah

τούτωνTOO-tohn

μεmeh

Ἰουδαῖοιee-oo-DAI-oy

συλλαβόμενοιsoo-lah-BOH-meh-noy

ἐνen

τῷtoh

ἱερῷhee-eh-ROH

ἐπειρῶντοeh-pay-ROHN-toh

διαχειρίσασθαιdee-ah-chay-REE-sah-sthai

The Pieces

ἕνεκαGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

μεGreek pronoun

Ἰουδαῖοιname of a people descended from a person

συλλαβόμενοιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ἱερῷGreek adjective

ἐπειρῶντοGreek verb

διαχειρίσασθαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

because ofFor the sake of, on account of, on account of which, wherefore, on account of what, why.ἕνεκα (so Mt 19:5, Lk 6:22, Ac 19:32 26:21; elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, ἕνεκεν; εἵνεκεν, originally Ionic: Lk 4:18 18:29, Ac 28:20, II Co 3:10 ), prep. c. gen., on account of, because of: Mt 5:10, 11 16:25 19:29, Mk 8:35, Lk 6:22, Ac 28:20, Ro 8:36, II Co 3:10; ἕ. τούτου, Mt 19:5; τούτων, Ac 26:21; τίνος ἕ., Ac 19:32; seq. τοῦ, c. inf., II Co 7:12; οὗ ἕν., Lk 4:18Scroll for more

of theseοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to seize/conceive/helpI seize, apprehend, assist, conceive, become pregnant.συλ-λαμβάνω [in LXX for תּפשׂ, הרה, etc.;] c. acc., to bring together, collect. to seize, take: c. acc. pers., as a prisoner, Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:54, Jo 18:12, Ac 1:16 12:3; pass., Ac 23:27; mid., in sense of act., Ac 26:21; σ. ἄγραν ἰχθύων, Lk 5:9. C. dat. pers., to take part with, assist, succour; mid., in same sense: Lk 5:7, Phl 4:3. Of a woman, to conceive: absol., Lk 1:24; seq. ἐν γαστρί, Lk 1:31; c. acc., Lk 1:36; ib. seq. ἐν τ. κοιλίᾳ, Lk 2:21; metaph., of lust producing sin, Ja 1:15.†Scroll for more

sacredSacred, holy, set apart.ἱερός, -ά, όν, [in LXX: Ez 28:18 ( מִקְדָּשׁ ); τό ἱ., I Ch 29:4 ( בַּיִת ), Ez 45:19 ( עֲזָרָה ); very freq. in I Es, I-IV Mac;] in Hom., marvellous, mighty, divine. (Also in Hom. and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred: pl., ἱ. γράμματα, II Ti 3:15. As subst., (so in Hom.), τὰ ἱ., sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: I Co 9:13; later, τὸ ἱ., a consecrated or sacred place, a temple: τ. Ἀρτέμιδος, Ac 19:27; of the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from ὁ ναός, q.v., the Sanctuary proper): I Co 9:13, and freq. in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mt 12:6, Mk 13:3, Ac 4:1, al. (on the use of ἱ. in Imperial Inser., v. Deiss., LAE, 380 f.)Scroll for more

to tryMid: I try, attempt, endeavor.πειράω, more commonly as depon., πειράομαι, [in LXX for נסה;] to try, attempt: Ac 26:21.†Scroll for more

to killI lay my hands upon, and so: I slay, kill.* δια-χειρίζω (< χείρ ), to have in hand, conduct, manage. Mid. = act.; in late writers (Polyb., FlJ, al.), to lay hands on, kill: c. acc, Ac 5:30 26:21.†Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 11:2

← Back to Deuteronomy 26:9

← Back to 1 Samuel 7:12

← Back to 2 Kings 23:2

← Back to 1 Chronicles 15:26

← Back to 1 Chronicles 17:16

← Back to 2 Chronicles 15:13

← Back to 2 Chronicles 26:7

← Back to Ezra 8:31

← Back to Nehemiah 2:8

← Back to Psalms 115:13

← Back to Matthew 26:24

← Back to Romans 3:21

← Back to Romans 16:26

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:3

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:4

← Back to 1 Timothy 4:16

← Back to James 1:25

← Back to 1 Peter 1:11

← Back to Revelation 13:16

Acts 26:22

22Having therefore obtained the help that is from God I stand unto this day testifying both to small and great saying nothing but what the prophets and Moses did say should come

Related verses (30)

the help

therefore

Having … obtained

that

is from

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

day

this

I stand

testifying

to small

both

and

great

nothing

but

saying

what

The ASV does not translate this word.

the

prophets

did say

should

come

and

Moses

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

ἐπικουρίαςeh-pee-koo-REE-ahs

οὖνoon

τυχὼνtoo-CHOHN

τῆςtays

ἀπὸah-POH

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

ἄχριAH-chree

τῆςtays

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ταύτηςTOW-tays

ἕστηκαHEH-stay-kah

μαρτυρόμενοςmahr-too-ROH-meh-nohs

μικρῷmee-KROH

τεteh

καὶkai

μεγάλῳmeh-GAH-loh

οὐδὲνoo-DEN

ἐκτὸςeh-KTOHS

λέγωνLEH-gohn

ὧνhohn

τεteh

οἱhoy

προφῆταιproh-FAY-tai

ἐλάλησανeh-LAH-lay-sahn

μελλόντωνmeh-LOHN-tohn

γίνεσθαιGEE-neh-sthai

καὶkai

Μωϋσῆςmoh-oo-SAYS

The Pieces

ἐπικουρίαςGreek noun, feminine

οὖνGreek conjunction

τυχὼνGreek verb

τῆςGreek article

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

ἄχριGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ταύτηςGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἕστηκαGreek verb

μαρτυρόμενοςGreek verb

μικρῷGreek adjective

τεGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

μεγάλῳGreek adjective

οὐδὲνGreek adjective

ἐκτὸςGreek preposition

λέγωνGreek verb

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

τεGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

προφῆταιGreek noun, masculine

ἐλάλησανGreek verb

μελλόντωνGreek verb

γίνεσθαιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

Μωϋσῆςname of a person

What It Can Mean

helpSuccor (against foes), help, aid, assistance.** ἐπικουρία, -ας, ἡ (< ἐπικουρέω to be an ἐπίκουρος, an ally ) [in LXX: Wi 13:18 *;] aid, assistance: Ac 26:22.†Scroll for more

to obtain/happen(a) gen: I obtain, (b) absol: I chance, happen; ordinary, everyday, it may chance, perhaps.τυγχάνω [in LXX: De 19:5 ( מָצָא ), Jb 3:21 7:2 17:1, Pr 24:58 (30:23) (without definite Heb. equiv.), Wi 15:19, I Mac 11:42, III Mac 3:7, al.;] Trans. to hit (opp. to ἁμαρτάνω, to miss the mark: Hom., Xen., al.). to hit upon, light upon; of persons, to meet with, fall in with: absol., ptcp., ὁ τυχών, a chance person, anyone (Lat. quivis ), οὐ τυχών, not common or ordinary, Ac 19:11 28:2; of things, to reach, get, obtain: c. gen. rei. Lk 20:35, Ac 24:3 26:22 27:3, II Ti 2:10 He 8:6 11:35. Intrans., to happen; of things, to happen, chance, befall: impers., εἰ τύχοι, it may be, perhaps, I Co 14:10 15:37; so ptcp., τυχόν (old acc. absol.; v. M, Pr., 74), I Co 16:6 (cf. ἐν-, ὑπερ-εν-, ἐπι-, παρα-, συν-τυγχάνω ).†Scroll for more

untilAs far as, up to, until, during.ἄχρι (and Epic ἄχρις, bef. vowel (v. MM, s.v.), Ro 11:25 T, Ga 3:19 T, WH, mg., He 3:13 ); adv., utterly (Hom.). Prep. c. gen., until, unto, as far as; of time: Ac 3:21 22:22, Ro 1:13 5:13, I Co 4:11, II Co 3:14, Ga 4:2, Phl 1:6; ἄ. καιροῦ, Lk 4:13, Ac 13:11; ἄ. ἧς ἡμέρας, Mt 24:38, Lk 1:20 17:27, Ac 1:2 ( τῆς ἡ. ἧς ), Ac 1:22; ἄ. ταύτης τ. ἡμέρας ( τ. ἡ. ταύτης ), Ac 2:29 23:1 26:22; ἄ. ἡμερῶν πέντε, Ac 20:6; ἄ. αὐγῆς, Ac 20:11; ἄ. τοῦ νῦν, Ro 8:22, Phl 1:5; ἄ. τέλους, He 6:11, Re 2:26; of space: Ac 11:5 13:6 20:4 (R, txt., WH, mg.) 28:15, II Co 10:13, 14, He 4:12, Re 14:20 18:5; of measure or degree: ἄ. θανάτου, Ac 22:4, Re 2:10 12:11. As conj., until; ἄχρι alone: c. subj. aor., Ga 3:19 ( ἄ. οὗ T, WH, mg.); id. without ἄν (Bl., § 65, 10), Re 7:3 15:8 20:3, 5; c. indic. fut., Re 17:17; ἄ. οὗ (i.e. ἄ. τούτου ᾧ ): c. indic. aor., Ac 7:18; impf., 27:33; c. subj. aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Lk 21:24, Ro 11:25, I Co 11:26 15:25, Ga 3:19, T, WH, mg.; id. with ἄν, Re 2:25; c. indic. pres., while, He 3:13 (cf. μέχρι ).†Scroll for more

her

to testify(properly: I call (summon) to witness, and then absolutely) I testify, protest, asseverate; I conjure, solemnly charge.** μαρτύρομαι (< μάρτυρ ), [in LXX: Jth 7:28, I Mac 2:56 א )*;] to summon as witness (M, Th., 25 f.; Hort., 1Pe., 53 f.; Lft., Notes, 29; Ga 203), hence, to protest, affirm solemnly: seq. ὅτι, Ac 20:26, Ga 5:3; to adjure, beseech: c. dat. pers., Ac 26:22; c. acc. et inf., Eph 4:17; seq. εἰς, I Th 2:12 (cf. δια-, προ-μαρτύρομαι ).†Scroll for more

smallLittle, small.μικρός, -ά, -όν, [in LXX chiefly for קָטֹן, מְעָט;] small, little; of persons; lit., of stature: Mk 15:40 (MM, iii, xvi; on the view that age is meant, v. Deiss., BS, 144), Lk 19:3; οἱ μ., the little ones, Mt 18:6, 10, 14, Mk 9:42; hence metaph., of rank or influence (cf. Dalman, Words, 113 f.): Mt 10:42, Lk 17:2, Ac 8:10 26:22, He 8:11 (LXX), Re 11:18 13:16 19:5, 18 20:12; compar., -ότερος, Mt 11:11, Lk 7:28 9:48. Of things; of size: Mt 13:32, Mk 4:31, Ja 3:5; of quantity: Lk 12:32, I Co 5:6, Ga 5:9, Re 3:8; of time: Jo 7:33 12:35, Re 6:11 20:3. Neut., μικρόν, used adverbially; of distance: Mt 26:39, Mk 14:35; of quantity: II Co 11:1, 16; of time: Jo 13:33 14:19 16:16-19, He 10:37; μετὰ μ., Mt 26:73, Mk 14:70.†Scroll for more

greatLarge, great, in the widest sense.μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, [in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for רַב, מַרְבֶּה (incl. μείζων ), רֹב ( μέγιστος );] great; of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mt 2:60; δράκων, Re 12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jo 21:11; πόλις, Re 11:8; μάχαιρα, Re 6:4, al. Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Ac 4:33; φόβος, Mk 4:41; ἀγάπη, Jo 15:13; ἄνεμος, Jo 6:18; κραυγή, Ac 23:9; φῶς, Mt 4:16; πυρετός, Lk 4:38; θλίψις, Mt 24:21. Of rank; of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit 2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Ac 19:27; compar. (v. infr.), Mt 18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113 f.); neut. for masc. (Bl., §32, 1), Mt 12:6; of things: ἁμαρτία, Jo 19:11; μυστήριον, Eph 5:32; = μεγίστη (v. infr., and cf. Field, Notes, 16 f.), Mt 22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), I Co 13:13. Compar., μείζων: Mt 11:11 23:17, al.; neut. pl., μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jo 1:51; double compar., μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl., § 11, 4), III Jo 4; superl., μέγιστος (Deiss., BS, 365), II Pe 1:4.Scroll for more

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

outside/except(a) adv: (1) without, outside, beyond, (2) except, (3) subst: the outside, (b) prep: outside, apart from.ἕκτος, -η, -ον the sixth: Mt 20:5, alScroll for more

prophetA prophet, poet; a person gifted at expositing divine truth.προφήτης, -ου, ὁ [< πρόφημι, to speak forth ), [in LXX chiefly for נָבִיא;] one who acts as an interpreter or forth-teller of the Divine will (v. Lft., Notes, 83 f.; Tr., Syn., § vi), a prophet; in cl. (Æsch., Hdt., Plat., al.), of the interpreters of oracles. In NT, of the OT prophets: Mt 5:12, Mk 6:15, Lk 4:27, Jo 8:52, Ro 11:3, al.; of prophets in general: Mt 10:41 13:57 21:46, Mk 6:4, Lk 13:33, al.; of John the Baptist: Mt 21:26, Mk 6:15, Lk 1:76; of Christ: Mt 21:11, Jo 6:14, Ac 3:22, 23 7:37 (LXX); of Christian prophets in the apostolic age: Ac 15:32, I Co 12:28, Eph 2:20, al.; by meton., of the writings of prophets: Lk 24:27, Ac 8:28, al.; of a poet: Tit 1:12 (on the use of the term in π. and Inscr., v. Deiss., BS, 235 f.; MM, xxii).Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

MosesMoses; met: the books of Moses, the Pentateuch.Μωυσῆς ( Μωϋσῆς, T; Μωσῆς, Rec.), -έως, dat. -ῆ (as LXX: Ex 5:20, al.), and -εῖ, acc. -ῆν (as LXX) and -έα ( Lk 16:29 only), (Heb. מֹשֶׁה ), Moses: Mt 8:4 17:3, 4, al.; νόμος Μωυσέως, Lk 2:22 24:44, Jo 7:23, Ac 13:39 15:5 28:23, I Co 9:9, He 10:28; by meton., of the books of Moses, Lk 16:29 24:27, Ac 15:21, II Co 3:15.Scroll for more

← Back to Isaiah 42:6

← Back to Isaiah 62:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:20

← Back to Colossians 1:18

← Back to Revelation 1:5

Acts 26:23

23how that the Christ must suffer and how that he first by the resurrection of the dead should proclaim light both to the people and to the Gentiles

Related verses (22)

how that

must suffer

the

Christ

how that

first

the resurrection

of the dead

light

he … should

proclaim

to the

both

people

and

to the

Gentiles

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

εἰay

παθητὸςpah-thay-TOHS

ὁhoh

χριστόςchree-STOHS

εἰay

πρῶτοςPROH-tohs

ἐξeks

ἀναστάσεωςah-nah-STAH-seh-ohs

νεκρῶνneh-KROHN

φῶςfohs

μέλλειMEH-lay

καταγγέλλεινkah-tahn-GEH-layn

τῷtoh

τεteh

λαῷlah-OH

καὶkai

τοῖςtoys

ἔθνεσινEH-thneh-seen

The Pieces

εἰGreek conditional

παθητὸςGreek adjective

ὁGreek article

χριστόςname of a title or other name

εἰGreek conditional

πρῶτοςGreek adjective

ἐξGreek preposition

ἀναστάσεωςGreek noun, feminine

νεκρῶνGreek adjective

φῶςGreek noun, neuter

μέλλειGreek verb

καταγγέλλεινGreek verb

τῷGreek article

τεGreek conjunction

λαῷGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ἔθνεσινGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

sufferingDestined to suffer.* παθητός, -ή, -όν (< πάσχω ), one who has suffered. subject to suffering (R, mg., v. M, Pr., 222) or destined to suffer (AV, R, txt.): Ac 26:23.†Scroll for more

ChristAnointed; the Messiah, the Christ.χριστός (Χρ-), -ή, -όν (< χρίω ), [in LXX for מָשִׁיחַ and cogn. forms;] as adj., of things, anointing, to be used as ointment (Æsch., Eur., al.; τ. ἔλαιον τὸ χ., Le 21:10 ); of persons, anointed ( ὁ ἰερεὺς ὁ χ., Le 4:5; οἱ χ. ἰευρεῖς, II Mac 1:10 ): ὁ χ. τοῦ κυρίου or Θεοῦ ( I Ki 2:10, Ps 2:2, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., מְשִׁיחָא; cf. Dalman, Words, 289 ff.), Lk 2:11, 26 Jo 1:41, Ac 2:36 4:26, al. As subst., ὁ Χριστός, the Messiah, the Christ: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:29, Lk 2:11, Jo 1:20, Ac 2:31, Ro 7:4, al.; Ἰησοῦς Χ., Mk 1:1, Jo 1:17, Ac 2:38, al.; Χ. Ἰησοῦς, Mt 1:18, WH, mg. Ac 5:42, Ro 6:3, al.; Χ. κύριος, Lk 2:11; Ἰησοῦς Χ. ὁ κύριος, Ac 15:26, Ro 1:7, al.Scroll for more

firstFirst, before, principal, most important.B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc.;] first, of Time or Place; absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Lk 14:18, Jo 19:32, I Co 14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Re 1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opp. to τ. δεύτερον, He 10:9; τὰ π., opp. to τ. ἔσχατα, Mt 12:45, Lk 11:26, II Pe 2:20; anarth., Mt 10:2; pl., Mt 19:30, Mk 10:31, Lk 13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all ), I Co 15:3; as adj.: πρώτῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opp. to δευτέρα, Ac 12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jo 8:[7] 20:4, 8, Ac 27:43, Ro 10:19, I Ti 1:16, I Jo 4:19; = πρότερος (v. infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl., § 11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183 f.): c. gen., π. μου ἦν ( my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo 1:15, 30; c. art., Mk 14:12, Ac 1:1, al.; seq. ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mt 22:25, Mk 12:20, al. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mt 20:27 22:38, Mk 9:35, Eph 6:2, al.; c. gen., Mk 12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Ac 16:12; c. art., Lk 15:22 19:47, Ac 13:50, al. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first; of Time: Mt 8:21, Mk 4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jo 10:40, al.; of Order: Ro 3:2, I Co 11:18, al.Scroll for more

resurrectionA rising again, resurrection.ἀνά-στασις, -εως, ἡ (< ἀνίστημι ), [in LXX: Ze 3:8 ( קוּם ), La 3:63 ( קִימָה ), Ps 64 (66) tit., Da LXX 11:20, II Mac 7:14 12:43 *;] a raising up, awakening, rising (in Inscr. of the erection of a monument, v. MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 2:34. a rising from the dead (v. DCG, ii, 605 b ); of Christ: Ac 1:22 2:31 4:33, Ro 6:5, Phl 3:10, I Pe 3:21; ἐξ ἀ. νεκρῶν, Ro 1:4 ( ICC, in l.); ἐκ νεκρῶν, I Pe 1:3; of persons in OT hist. (e.g. III Ki 17:17 ff.): He 11:35; of the general resurrection: Mt 22:23, 28, 30, Mk 12:18, 23, Lk 20:27, 33, 36, Jo 11:24, Ac 17:18 23:8 24:15, II Ti 2:18; ἀ. ἐκ νεκρῶν, Lk 20:35, Ac 4:2; τῶν νεκρῶν, Mt 22:31, Ac 17:32 23:6 24:21 26:23, I Co 15:12, 13, 21, 42, He 6:2; ἀ. ζωῆς, resurrection to life (cf. II Mac 7:14, ἀ. εἰς ζωήν ) and ἀ. τ. κρίσεως, r. to judgment, Jo 5:29; ἀ. τ. δικαίων, Lk 14:14; κρείττων ἀ., He 11:35; on ἡ ἀ. ἡ πρώτη, Re 20:5, 6, v. Swete, in l., Westc. on Jo 5, but v. also Thayer, s.v.; by meton. of Christ as Author of ἀ., Jo 11:25 (v. DB, iv, 231; Cremer, 307).†Scroll for more

to proclaimI declare openly, proclaim, preach, laud, celebrate.κατ-αγγέλλω, [in LXX: Pr 17:5 A, II Mac 8:36 Mac 9:17 *;] to proclaim, declare: c. acc. rei, Ac 3:24 16:21 17:23; τ. ἀνάστασιν, Ac 4:2; τ. λόγον τοῦ Θ., τ. Κ., Ac 13:5 15:36; ὁδὸν σωτηρίας, Ac 16:17; φῶς, Ac 26:23; τ. μυστήριον τοῦ Θ., I Co 2:1; τ. εὐαγγέλιον, 9:14; τ. θάνατον τοῦ Κ., 11:26; pass., ἄφεσις, Ac 13:38; ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θ., Ac 17:13; ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν, Ro 1:8; c. acc. pers., of Christ, ὅν, Ac 17:3, Col 1:28; τ. Χριστόν, Phl 1:17; pass., Phl 1:18. to denounce (Xen., al.); (for comparison with ἀγγέλλω, ἀναγ-, ἀπαγ-, v. Westc. on I Jn 1:5; and cf. προ-καταγγέλλω ).†Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Kings 9:11

← Back to Psalms 123:4

← Back to Isaiah 59:15

← Back to Hosea 9:7

← Back to Matthew 11:18

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:14

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:10

← Back to 1 Corinthians 14:23

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:13

Acts 26:24

24And as he thus made his defence Festus saith with a loud voice Paul thou art mad thy much learning is turning thee mad

Related verses (15)

thus

And

as … made his defence

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

loud

with a

voice

saith

thou art mad

Paul

thy

much

thee

learning

mad

is turning

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

ΤαῦταTOW-tah

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἀπολογουμένουah-poh-loh-goo-MEH-noo

ὁhoh

ΦῆστοςFAY-stohs

μεγάλῃmeh-GAH-lay

τῇtay

φωνῇfoh-NAY

φησινfay-seen

ΜαίνῃMAI-nay

ΠαῦλεPOW-leh

τὰtah

πολλάpoh-LAH

σεseh

γράμματαGRAH-mah-tah

εἰςays

μανίανmah-NEE-ahn

περιτρέπειpeh-ree-TREH-pay

The Pieces

ΤαῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἀπολογουμένουGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Φῆστοςname of a person

μεγάλῃGreek adjective

τῇGreek article

φωνῇ

φησινGreek verb

ΜαίνῃGreek verb

Παῦλεname of a person

τὰGreek article

πολλάGreek adjective or Greek adverb

σεGreek pronoun

γράμματαGreek noun, neuter

εἰςGreek preposition

μανίανGreek noun, feminine

περιτρέπειGreek verb

What It Can Mean

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

to raveI am raving mad, speak as a madman.μαίνομαι, [in LXX: Je 32 (25):16 ( הלל hith.) Je 36 (29):26 ( שׁגע pu.), Wi 14:28, al.;] to rage, be furious. to rave, be mad: Jo 10:29, Ac 12:15 26:24, 25, I Co 14:23 (cf. ἐμ-μαίνομαι ).†Scroll for more

something writtenA letter of the alphabet; collectively: written (revelation); (a) a written document, a letter, an epistle, (b) writings, literature, learning.γράμμα, -τος, τό (< γράφω ), [in LXX for סֵפֶר, etc.;] that which is traced or drawn, a picture. that which is written; a character, letter: Ga 6:11; a writing, a written document; a bill or account: Lk 16:6, 7; a letter: Ac 28:21; τὰ ἱερὰ γ., the sacred writings, i.e. the OT: II Ti 3:15 (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39); τὸ γ., the letter, the written word as an external authority in contrast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new Covenant: Ro 2:27, 29 7:6, II Co 3:6, 7; τὰ γ., letters, i.e. learning: Jo 7:15, Ac 26:24. (In π. an illiterate person is very frequently referred to as γράμματα μὴ εἰδότης, and this "never means anything else than inability to write": MM, Exp., x; but v. also Cremer, 166; DCG, i, 202; ii, 584.) †Scroll for more

insanityRaving madness, frenzy, insanity.μανία, -ας, ἡ (< μαίνομαι ), [in LXX: Ho 9:7, 8 מַשְׂטֵמָה ), Wi 5:4, al.;] frenzy, madness: Ac 26:24.†Scroll for more

to drive insaneI turn round, turn, change.** περι-τρέπω, [in LXX: Wi 5:23 *;] to turn about, turn: c. acc. et, dat., Ac 26:24 (cf. FlJ, Ant., ix, 4, 4).†Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Kings 2:5

← Back to Luke 1:3

← Back to Acts 23:26

← Back to Acts 24:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:13

Acts 26:25

25But Paul saith I am not mad most excellent Festus but speak forth words of truth and soberness

Related verses (8)

The ASV does not translate this word.

But

Paul

not

I am … mad

saith

most excellent

Festus

but

of truth

and

soberness

words

speak forth

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

Οὐoo

μαίνομαιMAI-noh-mai

φησίνfay-SEEN

κράτιστεKRAH-tee-steh

ΦῆστεFAY-steh

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ἀληθείαςah-lay-THAY-ahs

καὶkai

σωφροσύνηςsoh-froh-SOO-nays

ῥήματαRAY-mah-tah

ἀποφθέγγομαιah-poh-FTHEN-goh-mai

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Παῦλοςname of a person

ΟὐGreek negative particle

μαίνομαιGreek verb

φησίνGreek verb

κράτιστεGreek adjective

Φῆστεname of a person

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ἀληθείαςGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

σωφροσύνηςGreek noun, feminine

ῥήματαGreek noun, neuter

ἀποφθέγγομαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

excellentMost excellent, an official epithet, used in addressing a Roman of high rank, and in the second century one of equestrian (as distinguished from senatorial) rank.κράτιστος, -η, -ον, superl. of κρατύς (Hom.), strongest, mightiest (Hom.). noblest, best (cf. κρείσσων ), most excellent (Pind., Soph., al.): voc., κρατίστε, as title of honour and respect ( DCG, ii, 727 a ), Lk 1:3, Ac 23:26 24:3 26:25.†Scroll for more

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

truthTruth, but not merely truth as spoken; truth of idea, reality, sincerity, truth in the moral sphere, divine truth revealed to man, straightforwardness.ἀλήθεια, -ας, ἡ (< ἀληθής ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמֶת (on which, v. Cremer, 627f.), אֱמוּנָה;] truth (v. DB, iv, 818f.). Objectively, "the reality lying at the basis of an appearance; the manifested, veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86): Ro 9:1, al.; of religious truth, Ro 1:25, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2:5, al.; ἀ. θεοῦ, Ro 15:8. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sincerity and integrity of character: Jo 8:44, III Jo 3. In phrases (MM, VGT, s.v.): ἐπ’ ἀληθείας, Mk 12:14, al.; ἀ. λέγειν ( εἰπεῖν, λαλεῖν ), Ro 9:1, II Co 12:6, Eph 4:25, al.; ἀ. ποιεῖν, Jo 3:21, I Jo 1:6 (cf. DB, iv, 818b, ff.).Scroll for more

mental soundnessSoundness of mind, sanity; self-control, sobriety.** σωφροσύνη, -ης, ἡ [in LXX: Es 3:13, Wi 8:7, II Mac 4:37, IV Mac 6 *;] soundness of mind, good sense, sanity (opp. to μανία, Xen.): Ac 26:25; self-control, sobriety: I Ti 2:9 (v. Tr., Syn., § xx), ib. 15.†Scroll for more

declarationA thing spoken, (a) a word or saying of any kind, as command, report, promise, (b) a thing, matter, business.ῥῆμα, -τος, τό [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for פֶּה, and Aram. פִּתְגָּם, etc.;] prop., of that which is said or spoken, a word: Mt 27:14, II Co 12:4; pl., τὰ ῥ., of speech, discourse, Lk 7:1, Jo 8:20, Ac 2:14, Ro 10:18, II Pe 3:2, al.; opp. to ὄνομα (a single word), a saying, statement, word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase ): Mt 26:75, Mk 9:32, Lk 1:38 2:50, Ac 11:16, Ro 10:8, He 11:3; ῥ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Lk 3:2, Ac 11:16, Eph 6:17, He 6:5 11:3, I Pe 1:25 (LXX); τὰ ῥ. τ. θεοῦ, Jo 3:34 8:47; ῥ. ἀργόν, Mt 12:36; ῥ. ἄρρητα, II Co 12:4. Like Heb. דָּבָר (but perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, v. Kennedy, Sources, 124; Thackeray, Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter ( Ge 15:1, De 17:8, al.): Lk 1:37 2:15, Ac 10:37; pl., Lk 1:65 2:19, 51, Ac 5:32 13:42Scroll for more

to declareI speak out, declare.† ἀπο-φθέγγομαι, [in LXX for נבא, etc.;] to speak forth, give utterance: Ac 2:4, 14 26:25 (MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

← Back to Daniel 3:27

← Back to Matthew 9:26

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:11

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:5

Acts 26:26

26For the king knoweth of these things unto whom also I speak freely for I am persuaded that none of these things is hidden from him for this hath not been done in a corner

Related verses (8)

knoweth

For

these things

the

king

unto

whom

also

freely

I speak

that … is hidden from

for

him

of these things

The ASV does not translate this word.

I am persuaded

none

not

for

hath … been

a corner

done

this

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

ἐπίσταταιeh-PEE-stah-tai

γὰρgahr

περὶpeh-REE

τούτωνTOO-tohn

ὁhoh

βασιλεύςbah-see-LYOOS

πρὸςprohs

ὃνhohn

καὶkai

παρρησιαζόμενοςpah-ray-see-ah-ZOH-meh-nohs

λαλῶlah-LOH

λανθάνεινlahn-THAH-nayn

γὰρgahr

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

τούτωνTOO-tohn

οὐoo

πείθομαιPAY-thoh-mai

οὐθένoo-THEN

οὐoo

γάρgahr

ἐστινeh-steen

ἐνen

γωνίᾳgoh-NEE-ah

πεπραγμένονpeh-prahg-MEH-nohn

τοῦτοTOO-toh

The Pieces

ἐπίσταταιGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

περὶGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

ὁGreek article

βασιλεύςGreek noun, masculine

πρὸςGreek preposition

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

παρρησιαζόμενοςGreek verb

λαλῶGreek verb

λανθάνεινGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

πείθομαιGreek verb

οὐθένGreek adjective

οὐGreek negative particle

γάρGreek conjunction

ἐστινGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

γωνίᾳGreek noun, feminine

πεπραγμένονGreek verb

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

to know/understandI know, know of, understand.ἐπίσταμαι (prob. an old mid, of ἐφίστημι, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for יָדַע;] to know, know of, understand: c. acc pers., Ac 19:15; c. ptcp., ib. 24:10; c. acc rei, Mk 14:68, Ac 18:25, I Ti 6:4, Ja 4:14, Ju 10; seq. περί, Ac 26:26; ὅτι, ib. 15:7 19:25 22:19; ὡς, ib. 10:28; πῶς, ib. 20:18; ποῦ, He 11:8.† SYN: γινώσκω (q.v.), οἶδαScroll for more

to preach boldlyI speak freely, boldly; I am confident.παρρησιάζομαι (< παρρησία ), [in LXX: Jb 22:26 ( ענג hithp.), Ps 11 (12):5 93 (94):1, Pr 20:9, Ca 8:10, Si 6:11 *;] to speak freely or boldly, be bold in speech: Ac 9:27, 28 13:46 14:3 18:26 19:8 26:26, Eph 6:20, I Th 2:2.†Scroll for more

be hiddenI am hidden (concealed), lie hid, escape notice, sometimes with acc. of person from whom concealment takes place; I do so and so unconsciously, unknown to myself, I shut my eyes to so and so.λανθάνω, [in LXX for עלם ni., etc.;] to escape notice, be hidden ( from ): Mk 7:24, Lk 8:47; c. acc. pers., Ac 26:26, II Pe 3:5, 8; as in common cl. idiom, seq. ptcp., ἔλαθον ξενίσαντες, entertained unawares, He 13:2 (cf. ἐκ-, ἐπι-λανθάνω ).†Scroll for more

to persuadeI persuade, urge.πείθω, [in LXX chiefly for בּטח, its parts and derivatives;] Active; trans., to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres.; v. M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28:14, Ac 19:26; seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 19:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:20 14:19 18:4, II Co 5:11, Ga 1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, I Jn 3:19; c. acc. seq. περί, Ac 28:23; c. acc. et inf., Ac 13:43 26:28 (v. Field, Notes, 141 ff.); c. acc. seq. ἵνα (Plut.), Mt 27:20. Intrans., 2 pf. πέποιθα with pres. sense (v. M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl., § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: c. acc. et inf., Ro 2:19; c. acc. ref. (v. Ellic., in l.): Phl 1:6, 25; c. dat., Phl 1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, c. inf., II Co 10:7; seq. ἐν, Phl 3:3, 4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Phl 2:24; ἐπί, c. dat., Mt 27:43 (WH, mg.), Mk 10:24 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 11:22 18:9, II Co 1:9, He 2:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:43 (c. dat., WH, mg.); id. seq. ὅτι, II Co 2:3, II Th 3:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 127); εἰς, c. acc. pers. seq. ὅτι, Ga 5:10. Pass. and mid.; to be persuaded, believe (v. M, Pr., 158): absol., Lk 16:31, Ac 17:4 21:14, He 13:18; c. dat., Ac 28:24; c. acc. et inf., Ac 26:26; so also pf., πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: c. acc. ref. seq. περί, He 6:9; c. acc. et inf., Lk 20:6; ὅτι, Ro 8:38, II Ti 1:5, 12; id. c. ἐν κυρίῳ, Ro 14:14; περί, c. gen. seq. ὅτι, Ro 15:14. to listen to, obey: c. dat. pers., Ac 5:36, 37, 40 23:21 27:11, Ro 2:8, Ga 5:7, He 13:17, Ja 3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω ).†Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

cornerA corner; met: a secret place.γωνία, -ας, ἡ (< γόνυ ), [in LXX chiefly for פִּנָּה;] an angle, a corner: Mt 6:5, Ac 26:26; τ. τέσσαρας γ. τ. γῆς, Re 7:1, 20:8; κεφαλὴ γνωνίας ( רֹאשׁ פִּנָּה, Ps 117(118):22, LXX), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:10, Lk 20:17, Ac 4:11, I Pe 2:7.†Scroll for more

Acts 26:27

27King Agrippa believest thou the prophets I know that thou believest

Related verses (1)

Acts 26:22-23

believest thou

King

Agrippa

the

prophets

I know

that

thou believest

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

πιστεύειςpee-STYOO-ays

βασιλεῦbah-see-LYOO

Ἀγρίππαah-GREE-pah

τοῖςtoys

προφήταιςproh-FAY-tais

οἶδαOY-dah

ὅτιHOH-tee

πιστεύειςpee-STYOO-ays

The Pieces

πιστεύειςGreek verb

βασιλεῦGreek noun, masculine

Ἀγρίππαname of a person

τοῖςGreek article

προφήταιςGreek noun, masculine

οἶδα

ὅτιGreek conjunction

πιστεύειςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to trust inI believe, have faith in, trust in; pass: I am entrusted with.πιστεύω, [in LXX chiefly for אמן hi.;] intrans., to have faith (in), to believe; in cl., c. acc., dat., in NT also c. prep. (on the significance of the various constructions, v. M, Pr., 67 f.; Vau. on Ro 4:5; Ellic. on I Ti 1:16; Abbott, JV, 19-80): absol., Mt 24:23, 26, Mk 13:21, I Co 11:18; c. acc. rei, Ac 13:41, I Co 13:7; c. dat. pers. (to believe what one says), Mk 16:[13, 14], I Jo 4:1; τ. ψεύδει, II Th 2:11; περί... ὅτι, Jo 9:18; esp. and most freq. with reference to religious belief: absol., Mt 8:13, Mk 5:36, Lk 8:50, Jo 11:40, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 9:28, al.; c. dat. (v. supr., and cf. DB, i, 829a), Jo 3:12 5:24 6:30 8:31, Ac 16:34, Ga 3:6 (LXX), II Ti 1:12, I Jo 5:10, al.; c. prep., (expressing personal trust and reliance as distinct from mere credence or belief; v. M, Pr., 67 f.; DB, i, 829b), to believe in or on: ἐν ( Ps 77 (78):22, al.), Mk 1:15 (v. Swete, in l.); εἰς, Mt 18:6, Jo 2:11 (v. Westc., in l.), and freq., Ac 10:43 19:4, Ro 10:14, Ga 2:16, Phl 1:29, I Jo 5:10, I Pe 1:8; εἰς τ. ὄνομα (v.s. ὄνομα, Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18, I Jo 5:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:42, Ac 9:42 11:17 16:31 22:19, Ro 4:5; ἐπί, c. dat., Ro 9:33 (LXX) 10:11 (LXX), I Ti 1:16, I Pe 2:6 (LXX); ptcp. pres., οἱ π., as subst., Ac 2:44, Ro 3:22, I Co 1:21, al.; aor., Mk 16:[16], Ac 4:32; pf., Ac 19:18 21:20 (on Johannine use of the tenses of π., v. Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). Trans., to entrust: c. acc. et dat., Lk 16:11, Jo 2:24; pass., to be entrusted with: c. acc., Ro 3:2, I Co 9:17, Ga 2:7, I Th 2:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 21 f.), I Ti 1:11, Tit 1:3.Scroll for more

to perceiveI know, remember, appreciate.οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, v. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: c. acc. rei, Mt 25:13, Mk 10:19, Jo 10:4, Ro 7:7, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 26:72, Jo 1:31, Ac 3:16, al.; τ. θεόν, I Th 4:5, Tit 1:16, al.; c. acc. et inf., Lk 4:41, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 9:6, Lk 20:21, Jo 3:2, Ro 2:2 11:2, al.; seq. quaest. indir., Mt 26:70, Jo 9:21, Eph 1:18, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl.), Mt 7:11, Lk 11:13, Phl 4:12, I Th 4:4, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: I Th 5:12 (but v. also ICC on I Th 4:4 ). SYN.: v.s. γινώσκω.Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:4

← Back to 1 Peter 2:9

← Back to 1 Peter 4:16

Acts 26:28

28And Agrippa said unto Paul With but little persuasion thou wouldest fain make me a Christian

Related verses (8)

The ASV does not translate this word.

And

Agrippa

said unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

With

but little

persuasion thou wouldest fain

a Christian

make

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

Ἀγρίππαςah-GREE-pahs

πρὸςprohs

τὸνtohn

ΠαῦλονPOW-lohn

Ἐνen

ὀλίγῳoh-LEE-goh

μεmeh

πείθειςPAY-thays

Χριστιανὸνchree-stee-ah-NOHN

ποιῆσαιpoy-AY-sai

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Ἀγρίππαςname of a person

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

Παῦλονname of a person

ἘνGreek preposition

ὀλίγῳGreek adjective

μεGreek pronoun

πείθειςGreek verb

Χριστιανὸνname of a title or other name

ποιῆσαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

little/few(a) especially in plur: few, (b) in sing: small; hence, of time: short, of degree: light, slight, little.ὀλίγος, -η, -ον (on οὐχ ὁλ., v. infr.), [in LXX chiefly for מְעַט;] of number, quantity, size, few, little, small, slight: Mt 9:37 15:34, Mk 6:5 8:7, Lk 10:2 12:48 (sc. πληγάς, opp. to πολλάς ), I Ti 5:23, He 12:10, Re 3:4 12:12; οὐκ ὀ. (in the best uncials written οὐκ ὀ.; v. WH, App., 143; M, Pr., 44; Thackeray, Gr., 126 f.), Ac 12:18 14:28 15:2 (c. gen. part.) Ac 17:4, 12 19:23, 24 27:20; pl., absol., Mt 7:14 20:16 (WH, txt., RV, om.) Mt 22:14, Lk 13:23, I Pe 3:20. Neut. sing. ( τὸ ) ὀ.: Lk 7:47, II Co 8:15; πρὸς ὀλίγον, I Ti 4:8, Ja 4:14; ἐν ὀ., Ac 26:28, 29 ( with little effort; v. Page, in l.); id., in brief, Eph 3:3; adverbially, ὀλίγον, of time, Mk 6:31, I Pe 1:6 5:10, Re 17:10; of space, Mk 1:19, Lk 5:3; pl., ὀλίγα, Lk 10:42, Re 2:14; ἐπ’ ὀλίγα, Mt 25:21, 23; δι’ ὀλίγων, in few words, briefly, I Pe 5:12 (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 778 e).†Scroll for more

ChristianA Christian.Χριστιανός (D, Χρεισ-; on the form Χρησ-, v. Bl., § 3, 6; 27, 4 on the ending, -ανος, v. Bl., ll. c.; Deiss., LAE, 382), -οῦ ὁ, a Christian, the name first given to the disciples by pagan gentiles at Antioch: Ac 11:26 26:28, I Pe 4:16 (v. reff. in Thayer, s.v.; also DB, i, 384).†Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 16:3

← Back to Numbers 11:29

← Back to 2 Kings 5:3

← Back to Jeremiah 38:20

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:8

← Back to 1 Corinthians 7:7

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:1

← Back to Ephesians 3:1

← Back to Ephesians 6:20

← Back to Philippians 1:13

Acts 26:29

29And Paul said I would to God that whether with little or with much not thou only but also all that hear me this day might become such as I am except these bonds

Related verses (16)

The ASV does not translate this word.

And

Paul said

I would

The ASV does not translate this word.

to God

whether

with

little

with

much

not

only

thou

but

also

all

that

hear

this day

that … might become

such

The ASV does not translate this word.

except

The ASV does not translate this word.

bonds

these

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

Εὐξαίμηνyoo-KSAI-mayn

ἂνahn

τῷtoh

θεῷtheh-OH

καὶkai

ἐνen

ὀλίγῳoh-LEE-goh

καὶkai

ἐνen

μεγάλῳmeh-GAH-loh

οὐoo

μόνονMOH-nohn

σὲseh

ἀλλὰah-LAH

καὶkai

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

τοὺςtoos

ἀκούοντάςah-KOO-ohn-tahs

μουmoo

σήμερονSAY-meh-rohn

γενέσθαιgeh-NEH-sthai

τοιούτουςtoy-OO-toos

ὁποῖοςhoh-POY-ohs

καὶkai

ἐγώeh-GOH

εἰμιay-mee

παρεκτὸςpah-reh-KTOHS

τῶνtohn

δεσμῶνdeh-SMOHN

τούτωνTOO-tohn

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Παῦλοςname of a person

ΕὐξαίμηνGreek verb

ἂνGreek conditional

τῷGreek article

θεῷ

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐνGreek preposition

ὀλίγῳGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐνGreek preposition

μεγάλῳGreek adjective

οὐGreek negative particle

μόνονGreek adjective

σὲGreek pronoun

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

πάνταςGreek adjective

τοὺςGreek article

ἀκούοντάςGreek verb

μουGreek pronoun

σήμερονGreek adverb

γενέσθαιGreek verb

τοιούτουςGreek demonstrative pronoun

ὁποῖοςGreek correlative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐγώGreek pronoun

εἰμιGreek verb

παρεκτὸςGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

δεσμῶνGreek noun, masculine

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

to pray/wish forI pray, wish.εὔχομαι [in LXX chiefly for נָדַד, also for עָתַר hi., etc.;] to pray: c. acc rei, II Co 13:9; c. dat. pers., τ. θεῷ, Ac 26:29; seq. πρὸς τ. θεόν, II Co 13:7; c. acc et inf., Ac 27:29, III Jn 2; seq. ὑπέρ, Ja 5:16; ηὐχόμην εἶναι (on impf. here, v. ICC, in l., Lft., Phm 13 ), Ro 9:3 (Cremer, 718).†Scroll for more

ifAn untranslatable word (under the circumstances, in that case, anyhow), the general effect of which is to make a statement contingent, which would otherwise be definite: it is thus regularly used with the subjunctive mood.ἄν, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which contain it (see further, LS, s.v.; WM, §xlii; M, Pr., 165 ff.; MM, VGT, s.v.). In apodosis, c. indic, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if ( εἰ c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some condition were or had been fulfilled: Lk 7:39 17:6, Jo 5:46, Ga 1:10, Mt 12:7 24:43, I Co 2:8, Ac 18:14, I Jo 2:19, al. The protasis is sometimes understood (as also in cl.): Mt 25:27, Lk 19:23. In hypothetical sentences, expressing unreality, ἄν (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted: Jo 8:39 15:24 19:11, Ro 7:7, Ga 4:15; c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl.; v. LS, s.v.; M, Int., §275; M, Pr., 167:4). In combination with conditional, relative, temporal, and final words; as in cl., c. subj., in protasis with εἰ, in Attic contr. ἐάν, q.v.; in conditional, relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ὅτε, ἐπεί, etc.; v.s. ὅταν, ἐπάν, etc.), ever, soever; c. pres., ἡνίκα, II Co 3:15; ὃς ἄν, Ro 9:15 (LXX) 16:2, al.; ὅσοι ἄν, Lk 9:5; ὡς ἄν, Ro 15:24 (M, Pr., 167); c. aor., ὃς ἄν, Mt 5:21, 22, 31; ἕως ἄν, until, Mt 2:13, Mk 6:10, al.; ὡς ἄν, as soon as (M, Pr., 167), I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. On the freq. use of ἐάν for ἄν with the foregoing words, v.s. ἐάν; in late Gk., when some actual fact is spoken of, c. indic.: ὅταν (q.v.); ὅπου ἄν, Mk 6:56 (M, Pr., 168); καθότι ἄν, Ac 2:45 4:35; ὡς ἄν, I Co 12:2. in iterative construction, c. impf. and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Ac 2:45 4:35, I Co 12:2. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish: Ac 8:31 26:29. Elliptical constructions: εἰ μή τι ἄν (M, Pr., 169), I Co 7:5; ὡς ἄν, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), II Co 10:9.Scroll for more

aloneOnly, solitary, desolate.μόνος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for לְבַד;] adj., alone, solitary, forsaken: c. verb., Mt 14:23, Mk 6:47, Lk 9:36, al.; c. pron., Mt 18:15, Mk 9:2, al.; c. subst., Mk 9:8, Lk 4:8, al.; pleonast., οὐκ... εἰ μὴ μ., Mt 12:4, Lk 6:4, al.; attrib., only, ( ὁ ) μ. θεός, Jo 5:44 17:3, Ro 16:27, I Ti 1:17, Ju 25. As adv., neut., μόνον, alone, only: referring to verb or predic., Mt 9:21, Mk 5:36, Ja 1:22, al. (v. Bl., §44, 2); οὐ ( μὴ ) μ., Ga 4:18, Ja 1:22; οὐ μ.... ἀλλά (Bl., § 77, 13 3 ), Ac 19:26, I Jo 5:6, al.; id. seq. καί (Bl., § 81, 1 2 ), Ro 5:3 9:10, II Co 8:19, al.; κατὰ μόνας, alone (Bl., § 44, 1), Mk 4:10, Lk 9:18.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

such as thisOf such a kind, such.τοιοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτο (as usually in Att.. prose. Ep. and Ion. neut. -οῦτον in Al., Ac 21:25, Rec. only), correlat. of οἷος, ὁποῖος, ὥς, etc., such as this, of such a kind, such: Mt 9:8 18:5, Mk 4:33 6:2 7:13 9:37 (T, τούτων ), Jo 9:16, Ac 16:24, I Co 5:1 11:16, II Co 3:4, 12 12:3, He 7:26 8:1 12:3 13:16, Ja 4:16; οἷος... τ., I Co 15:48, II Co 10:11; id. pleonast. (v. Bl., § 50, 4), Mk 13:19; seq. ὁποῖος, Ac 26:29; ὥς, Phm 9. As subst., anarth: pl., Lk 9:9; c. art., ὁ τ., such a one (Bl., § 47, 9; Ellic. on Ga 5:21 ): Ac 22:22, I Co 5:5, al.; pl., Mt 19:14, Mk 10:14, al.; neut. pl., Ac 19:25, Ro 1:32, al.Scroll for more

what sort?Of what kind or manner, of what sort.ὁποῖος, -οία, -οῖον, [in LXX: Ca 5:10, II Mac 11:37 *;] of what sort: I Co 3:13, Ga 2:6, I Th 1:9, Ja 1:24; τοιοῦτος ὁ., such as, Ac 26:29.†Scroll for more

except(a) adv. used as adj: besides, outside, without, left over, in addition, (b) prep: apart from, except.**† παρ-εκτός, = cl. παρέκ, -έξ, [in Aq.: De 1:36; Al., Le 23:38 *;] as adv., besides, in addition: τὰ π. (sc. γινόμενα ), II Co 11:28. As prep. c. gen., except: Mt 5:32 19:9 (WH, mg., R, mg.), Ac 26:29.†Scroll for more

chainA bond, chain, imprisonment; a string or ligament, an impediment, infirmity.δεσμός, -οῦ, ὁ (< δέω ), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] a band, bond: metaph., Lk 13:16; ὁ δεσμὸς τ. γλώσσης, Mk 7:35 (for this expression in π., v. Deiss., LAE, 306 ff.; of actual bonds, v. Ruth., Gr., 9). Pl., δεσμοί, Phl 1:13; δεσμά (as also in cl.), Lk 8:29, Ac 16:26 20:23; gen., dat., Ac 23:29 26:29, 31, Phl 1:7, 14, 17, Col 4:18, II Ti 2:9, Phm 10, He 11:36, Ju 6; ἐν τοῖς δ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phm 13.†Scroll for more

Acts 26:30

30And the king rose up and the governor and Bernice and they that sat with them

Word By Word, In Greek Order1rose up | 2And | 3the | 4king | 5and | 6the | 7governor | 8— | 9and | 10Bernice | 11and | 12they | 13that sat | 14with them

Related verses (2)

Acts 18:15 | Acts 28:22

rose up

And

the

king

and

the

governor

The ASV does not translate this word.

and

Bernice

and

they

that sat

with them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Ἀνέστηah-NEH-stay

τεteh

ὁhoh

βασιλεὺςbah-see-LYOOS

καὶkai

ὁhoh

ἡγεμὼνhay-geh-MOHN

ἥhay

τεteh

Βερνίκηbehr-NEE-kay

καὶkai

οἱhoy

συγκαθήμενοιsoon-kah-THAY-meh-noy

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

The Pieces

ἈνέστηGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

βασιλεὺςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

ἡγεμὼνGreek noun, masculine

ἥGreek article

τεGreek conjunction

Βερνίκηname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

συγκαθήμενοιGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

rulerA leader, guide; a commander; a governor (of a province); plur: leaders.ἡγεμών, -όνος, ὁ ( ἡγέομαι ), [in LXX for אַלּוּף, שַׂר, etc.;] a leader, guide. a commander. a governor of a province (proconsul, propraetor, legate, or procurator; but cf. ἀνθύπατος ): Mt 10:18, Mk 13:9, Lk 21:12, I Pe 2:14; of the Procurator of Judæa, Mt 27:2, 11, 14, 15, 21, 27 28:14, Lk 20:20, Ac 23:24, 26, 33 24:1, 10 26:30. For Heb. אַלְפֵי (LXX, χίλιαι ) misread אַלֻּפֵי, leaders: Mt 2:6 (OT).†Scroll for more

BerniceBernice, daughter of Agrippa I and Kypros, and sister of M. Julius Agrippa II.Βερνίκη (elsewhere Βερενίκη, Macedonian form of Φερενίκη, cf. Veronica, Victoria ), -ης, ἡ, Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I: Ac 25:13, 23 26:30.†Scroll for more

to sit withI sit with.συν-κάθημαι (Rec. συγκ- ), [in LXX: Ps 100 (101):6 ( ישׁב ) *;] to sit together or with: c. dat., Ac 26:30; seq. μετά, c. gen., Mk 14:54.†Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 21:22

← Back to Jeremiah 26:16

← Back to Jeremiah 37:18

← Back to Matthew 13:19

Acts 26:31

31and when they had withdrawn they spake one to another saying This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds

Related verses (7)

and

when they had withdrawn

they spake

one … another

saying

The ASV does not translate this word.

nothing

of death

of bonds

worthy

The ASV does not translate this word.

doeth

The ASV does not translate this word.

man

This

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

καὶkai

ἀναχωρήσαντεςah-nah-choh-RAY-sahn-tes

ἐλάλουνeh-LAH-loon

πρὸςprohs

ἀλλήλουςah-LAY-loos

λέγοντεςLEH-gohn-tes

ὅτιHOH-tee

Οὐδὲνoo-DEN

θανάτουthah-NAH-too

ἢay

δεσμῶνdeh-SMOHN

ἄξιονAH-ksee-ohn

τιtee

πράσσειPRAH-say

ὁhoh

ἄνθρωποςAHN-throh-pohs

οὗτοςHOO-tohs

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀναχωρήσαντεςGreek verb

ἐλάλουνGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

ἀλλήλουςGreek reciprocal pronoun

λέγοντεςGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ΟὐδὲνGreek adjective

θανάτουGreek noun, masculine

ἢGreek conjunction

δεσμῶνGreek noun, masculine

ἄξιονGreek adjective

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

πράσσειGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ἄνθρωποςGreek noun, masculine

οὗτοςGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

to leaveI return, retire, withdraw, depart (underlying idea perhaps of taking refuge from danger or of going into retirement).ἀνα-χωρέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for בּרח, נוּם, etc.;] to go back. to withdraw: Mt 9:24; freq. in sense of avoiding danger (MM, VGT, s.v.), Mt 2:12 (but v. Thayer), 13, 14, 22 4:12 12:15 14:13 15:21 27:5, Mk 3:7, Jo 6:15, Ac 23:19 26:31.†Scroll for more

one anotherOne another, each other.ἀλλήλων (gen. pl.), dat. -οις, -αις, acc. -ους, -ας, -α (no nom.), recipr. pron. (< ἄλλος ), of one another, mutually: Mt 25:32, Mk 4:41, Jo 13:22, al.Scroll for more

deathDeath, physical or spiritual.θάνατος, -ου, ὁ ( θνήσκω ), [in LXX chiefly for מָוֶת,מוּת, sometimes דֶּבֶר;] death; of the death of the body, whether natural or violent: Jo 11:13, Phl 2:27, He 7:23, al; opp. to ζωή, Ro 8:38, Phl 1:20; of the death of Christ, Ro 5:10, Phl 3:10, He 2:9; ῥυέσθαι (σώζειν) ἐκ θ., II Co 1:10, He 5:7; περίλυπος ἕως θανάτου, Mt 26:38, Mk 14:34; μέχρι (ἄχρι) θ., Phl 2:8, Re 2:10; πληγὴ θανάτου, a deadly wound, Re 13:3; ἰδεῖν θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; γεύεσθαι θανάτου, Mk 9:1; ἔνοχος θανάτου, Mk 14:64; θανάτῳ τελευτᾶν ( Ex 21:17, מוּת יוּמָת ), Mk 7:10; death personified, Ro 6:9, I Co 15:26, Re 21:4; pl., of deadly perils, II Co 11:23. Of spiritual death: Jo 5:24 8:51, Ro 7:10, Ja 1:15 5:20, I Jo 3:14 5:16, al.; of eternal death, Ro 1:32 7:5, al.; ὁ θ. ὁ δεύτερος, Re 2:11 21:8 (cf. Cremer, 283 ff.; DB, iii, 114 ff.; DCG, i, 791 f.).Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

Acts 26:32

32And Agrippa said unto Festus This man might have been set at liberty if he had not appealed unto Caesar

Word By Word, In Greek Order1Agrippa | 2And | 3— | 4unto Festus | 5said | 6have been set at liberty | 7might | 8— | 9man | 10This | 11if | 12not | 13he had … appealed unto | 14Caesar

Related verses (2)

Acts 25:11-12, 25 | Acts 28:18

Agrippa

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

unto Festus

said

have been set at liberty

might

The ASV does not translate this word.

man

This

not

he had … appealed unto

Caesar

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Ἀγρίππαςah-GREE-pahs

δὲdeh

τῷtoh

ΦήστῳFAY-stoh

ἔφηEH-fay

Ἀπολελύσθαιah-poh-leh-LOO-sthai

ἐδύνατοeh-DOO-nah-toh

ὁhoh

ἄνθρωποςAHN-throh-pohs

οὗτοςHOO-tohs

εἰay

μὴmay

ἐπεκέκλητοeh-peh-KEH-klay-toh

ΚαίσαραKAI-sah-rah

The Pieces

Ἀγρίππαςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

τῷGreek article

Φήστῳname of a person

ἔφηGreek verb

ἈπολελύσθαιGreek verb

ἐδύνατοGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ἄνθρωποςGreek noun, masculine

οὗτοςGreek demonstrative pronoun

εἰGreek conditional

μὴGreek negative particle

ἐπεκέκλητοGreek verb

Καίσαρα

What It Can Mean

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

to release: releaseI release, let go, send away, divorce, am rid; mid: I depart.ἀπο-λύω, [in LXX for שׁוּב, etc., freq. in I-IV Mac;] to set free, release: Lk 13:12, Jo 19:10, al.; a debtor, Mt 18:27; metaph., of forgiveness, Lk 6:37. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.): Mt 15:23, Lk 2:29 9:12, Ac 19:41, al.; of divorce, τ. γυναῖκα: Mt 1:19 5:31, 32 19:3, 8, 9, Mk 10:2, 4, 11, Lk 16:18; with ref. to Gk. and Rom. (net Jewish) custom, τ. ἄνδρα: Mk 10:12. Mid., to depart: Ac 28:25 (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

be able(a) I am powerful, have (the) power, (b) I am able, I can.δύναμαι, depon., [in LXX chiefly for יָכֹל;] to be able, have power, whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity: c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; WM, § 44, 3) pres., Mt 6:24, Mk 2:7, Jo 3:2, I Co 10:21, al.; c. inf. aor., Mt 3:9, Mk 1:45, Jo 3:3, 4 Ro 8:39, al.; c. acc., to be able to do something: Mk 9:22, Lk 12:26; II Co 13:8; absol., to be able, capable, powerful: I Co 3:2 10:13.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to call or name(a) I call (name) by a supplementary (additional, alternative) name, (b) mid: I call upon, appeal to, address.ἐπι-καλέω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for קָרָא;] to call, name, surname: c. acc (cl.), Mt 10:25; pass., Ac 1:23 4:36 10:5, 18, 32 11:13 12:12, 25, He 11:16; τ. ὄνομα, seq. ἐπί (denoting possession, as Heb.. עַל נִקְרָא שֵׁם. ), Ac 15:17 (LXX), Ja 2:7 (see. CB on Am 9:12 ). Mid. (so also act.; cl., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to ( θεόν, θεούς, Hdt., Xen., al.; cf. Deiss., LAE, 426): Καίσαρα ( Σεβαστόν, Ac 25:25 ), Ac 25:11, 12, 21 26:32 28:19; sc. τ. Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, Ac 7:59; μάρτυρα (cl.) τ. θεόν, II Co 1:23; πατέρα, I Pe 1:17; τ. κύριον, Ro 10:12, II Ti 2:22; τ. ὄνομα κυρίου ( μου, σου; like Heb. בְּשֵׁם יְהֹוָה קָרָא ), Ac 2:21 (LXX) Ac 9:14, 21 22:16, Ro 10:13, 14 (LXX) I Co 1:2 (Cremer, 335, 742).†Scroll for more

CaesarCaesar, a surname of the gens Iulia, which became practically synonymous with the Emperor for the time being; in the Gospels it always refers to Tiberias.Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ, Cæsar: Mt 22:17, Lk 2:1, Jo 19:12, Ac 25:8 ff., al.Scroll for more

← Previous: Acts 25 Next: Acts 27 →